TWI741471B - Control target device and method for controlling variable physical parameter - Google Patents

Abstract

A control target device includes a variable physical parameter, a sensing unit and an operation unit. The variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measurement value target range and a physical parameter application range represented by a measurement value application range. The sensing unit senses the variable physical parameter to generate a sense signal. The operation unit obtains a measurement value in response to the sense signal on condition receiving a control signal serving to indicate the measurement value target range, and determines a range difference between the measurement value target range and the measurement value application range to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range based on the control signal and a mathematical relation between the measurement value and the measurement value application range.

Description

Control target device and method for controlling variable physical parameters

This disclosure relates to a control target device, and more particularly to a control target device and method for controlling a variable physical parameter.

A control device can generate a control signal to control a function target included in a control target device. The control target device uses the control signal to control the function target. The functional target can use at least one of a mechanical energy, an electrical energy, and a light energy, and can be an electric motor for an access control, a relay for an electric power control, and an energy conversion. One of the energy converters. In order to effectively control the functional target, the control target device can obtain a measurement value that is provided based on a variable physical parameter. The control target device may require an improved mechanism to effectively use the measured value and thereby effectively control the functional target.

US Patent No. 2015/0357887 A1 discloses a product specification setting device and a fan motor provided with the same. US Patent No. 7,411,505 B2 discloses a switch state and radio frequency identification tag.

An object of the present disclosure is to provide a control target device that relies on a control signal and a measurement value provided based on a variable physical parameter to effectively control the variable physical parameter.

An embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a control target device. The control target device includes a variable physical parameter, a sensing unit and an operating unit. The variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a physical parameter application range represented by a measured value application range. The sensing unit senses the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal. The operating unit is coupled to the sensing unit, and responds to the first sensing signal to obtain a first measurement value under the condition that the operating unit receives a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the measurement value. The operating unit determines the measurement due to the control signal under the condition that the variable physical parameter is currently in the physical parameter application range by checking a first mathematical relationship between the first measurement value and the measurement value application range A range difference between the value target range and the measured value application range causes the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range.

Another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for controlling a variable physical parameter by generating a functional signal. The variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a physical parameter application range represented by a measured value application range. The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal; responding to the first sensing signal under the condition that a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the measurement value is received To obtain a first measured value; and when the variable physical parameter is currently in Under the condition that the application range of the physical parameter is determined by checking a first mathematical relationship between the first measurement value and the application range of the measurement value, the target range of the measurement value and the measurement value are determined due to the control signal A range relationship between application ranges is used to make a reasonable decision whether the function signal for causing the variable physical parameter to enter the target range of the physical parameter is to be generated.

Another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for controlling a variable physical parameter. The variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a physical parameter application range represented by a measured value application range. The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal; responding to the first sensing signal under the condition that a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the measurement value is received To obtain a first measurement value; and a condition determined by checking a first mathematical relationship between the first measurement value and the measurement value application range in the physical parameter application range where the variable physical parameter is currently located Next, a range difference between the measurement value target range and the measurement value application range is determined due to the control signal to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range.

130‧‧‧Control the target device

212‧‧‧Control device

220、4452‧‧‧Reader

230, 331‧‧‧ processing unit

240, 338‧‧‧output unit

246‧‧‧Communication Interface Unit

250、332‧‧‧Storage unit

25Y1‧‧‧Memory Unit

260, 334‧‧‧sensing unit

261, 3341, 3342‧‧‧sensing components

263、363‧‧‧Multiplexer

2631, 2632, 3631, 3632‧‧‧Input terminal

263C, 363C‧‧‧Control terminal

263P, 363P, 338P, 338Q‧‧‧output

270, 337‧‧‧input unit

275, 276, 285, 286‧‧‧Electricity use target

280‧‧‧Server

290‧‧‧Physical parameter formation unit

295‧‧‧User

297, 397‧‧‧operation unit

310‧‧‧Identification medium

335, 735‧‧‧Functional goals

3351‧‧‧Physical parameters forming part

3355‧‧‧Drive circuit

3371‧‧‧First input component

3372‧‧‧Second input component

3373‧‧‧Third input component

3374, 440, 445‧‧‧input components

3381, 3382, 3383, 450, 455‧‧‧Output module

339, 340, 342, 545‧‧‧Timer

350‧‧‧Electronic Label

360‧‧‧Barcode Media

370‧‧‧Biometrics media

410‧‧‧Internet

441‧‧‧Pointing device

4451‧‧‧Receiving component

460‧‧‧Display component

475‧‧‧State Change Detector

70M‧‧‧Supporting medium

70U‧‧‧Material layer

734, 7341, 7342‧‧‧Sensor type

901‧‧‧Control System

9011, 9012, 9013, 9014, 9015, 9016, 9017, 9018, 9019, 9020, 9021, 9022, 9023, 9024, 9025, 9026, 9027, 9028, 9029, 9030, 9031, 9032, 9033, 9034, 9035, 9036, 9037, 9038, 9039, 9040, 9041, 9042, 9043, 9044, 9045, 9046, 9047, 9048, 9049, 9050, 9051, 9052‧‧‧Implementation structure

AA81‧‧‧First data confirmation operation

AA82‧‧‧Second data confirmation operation

AA8A, AE8A‧‧‧Data confirmed

AC1‧‧‧Response area

AD81‧‧‧First data acquisition operation

AD82‧‧‧Second data acquisition operation

AD8A, AF8A, AF9C, AG8A‧‧‧Data acquisition

AE81, AE82‧‧‧Data Confirmation Operation

AF81, AF82, AF95, AF96, AG81, AG82‧‧‧Data acquisition operation

AJ11‧‧‧Physical parameter application area

AM82, AM85, AM8T, AN81, AS81, AS82, AS8T, AX82, AX85, AX8L, EC92, EC9T, FF9T, FM8L, FV8L‧‧‧Memory address

AM8L‧‧‧First memory address

AP11, AP21‧‧‧User Interface Area

AT11, AT21, AU11, AU21‧‧‧Physical parameter formation area

AX8T‧‧‧Second memory address

BA83, BV81, BV85, ZP81, ZP85, ZQ81‧‧‧Check operation

BC8T, BD81, BE81‧‧‧Counting operation

BH82, ZH81‧‧‧Designated function operation

BJ81‧‧‧Specify actual operation

BQ81, JU81, JU91, JU92, JV81, JV82, JV83‧‧‧User input operation

BS81, BS91, BY81, BY85, BY91, BY97‧‧‧Signal generation operation

BR81‧‧‧Read operation

BZ81, ZM81, ZS81‧‧‧sensing operation

CA81, CA91, CD81, CD82, CE81, CE85, CE8T‧‧‧Data comparison

CC12, CC15, CC1L, CC1T‧‧‧Control code

CG81‧‧‧Control message

CK8T‧‧‧Control data code

CM82, CM83, CM84, CM85‧‧‧Control information code

CN82, CN83, CN84, CN85‧‧‧Control data information

DA81, DX85‧‧‧ code difference

DC11, DC12, DD11, DD12‧‧‧Rated range limit value

DC1A, DD1A‧‧‧Rated range limit value pair

DF81‧‧‧First code difference

DH81, DJ81, DJ82, DJ83, DJ91‧‧‧Input data

DM15, DM16‧‧‧Application range limit value

DM1B, DN1B, DQ1B‧‧‧Candidate range limit value pair

DM1L, DN1L‧‧‧Application range limit value pair

DN15‧‧‧First application range limit value

DN16‧‧‧The second application range limit value

DN17, DN18, DQ17, DQ18‧‧‧Target range limit value

DN1E‧‧‧Specific range limit value pair

DN1T, DQ1T‧‧‧Target range limit value pair

DQ13, DQ14‧‧‧Candidate range limit value

DS81‧‧‧Range difference

DU81‧‧‧Physical parameter data record

DX81‧‧‧The second code difference

DY81‧‧‧Encoding data

EA81, EJ81, EJ82, EJ83, ZR81, ZR82, ZR83, ZR8KJ, ZR8TR, ZX87, ZX8HE, ZX8HR, ZX8H2, ZX8HJ, ZX8HT, ZX8KJ, ZX8TR, ZX92‧‧‧Data encoding operation

EB81, EH11, EM11‧‧‧Measurement value reference range code

EH12‧‧‧Measurement value reference range code, measured value candidate range code

EH14, EH17, EM14, EM15‧‧‧Specific measurement value range code

EH1L, EM1L‧‧‧Measurement value application range code

EL11‧‧‧Time value reference range code

EL1T‧‧‧Time value target range code

EL12‧‧‧Time value reference range code, time value candidate range code

EM12‧‧‧Measurement value reference range code, measured value candidate range code

EM13‧‧‧Measurement value candidate range code

EM1T‧‧‧Measurement value target range code

EP81‧‧‧Operation

EQ81‧‧‧Trigger event

EX81‧‧‧Application environment

FA81‧‧‧Physical parameter control function

FB81‧‧‧Trigger application function

FP81, FR81‧‧‧binding conditions

FQ11, FU11‧‧‧Sensor specifications

FT11, FT21, FW22‧‧‧Timer specifications

FY81, FZ81‧‧‧encoded image

GA812, GA8T1‧‧‧Physical parameter representation

GA83, GB82‧‧‧Physical parameter candidate range representation

GA8E, GB8E‧‧‧Rated physical parameter range indication

GA8L, GB8L‧‧‧Physical parameter application range indication

GA8HE‧‧‧Rated time interval display

GA8HR‧‧‧Time reference interval display

GA8H2, GA8HT‧‧‧Time candidate interval display

GA8HJ‧‧‧Time length reference range indication

GA8KJ, GB8KJ‧‧‧Time length indication

GA8T‧‧‧Physical parameter candidate range representation

GA8TR, GB8TR‧‧‧clock time display

GAL8‧‧‧Physical parameter control function specifications

GBL8‧‧‧Trigger application function specification

GJ81‧‧‧Time length value reference range

GQ81, GW81‧‧‧sensor sensitivity display

GQ8R, GW8R‧‧‧Sensor measuring range display

GS81, GY81, GY91‧‧‧signal generation control

GT81, GU81‧‧‧Ensure operation

HA0T‧‧‧Control device identifier

HA22, HA2T‧‧‧Functional target identifier

HC81‧‧‧Control code type identifier

HE81, HE82, HF81, HF82‧‧‧Sensing signal generation

HH81, HQ81‧‧‧Specify the format of the measured value

HH91, HH95, HQ92‧‧‧Specified counting value format

HJ81‧‧‧Time length reference range

HK81‧‧‧Control data code type identifier

HM81‧‧‧Measuring range limit data code type identifier

HR1E1‧‧‧Time reference interval

HR1ET‧‧‧Time target interval

HR1E2‧‧‧Time reference interval, time candidate interval

HZ22, HZ2T‧‧‧Electric use target identifier

JA1A, JB1A, QG1A, QL1A, QP1A, QP2A, QU1A, QY1A‧‧‧Variable physical parameters

JN81‧‧‧Measurement value sequence

KA81, KA91, KQ81, KV83, KV85, KY81, KK91, KK92‧‧‧Mathematical relationship

KE8A, KE8B‧‧‧Scope relationship

KJ81‧‧‧Numerical relationship

KP81, KP85‧‧‧arithmetic relationship

KV81‧‧‧The first mathematical relationship

KV91‧‧‧The second mathematical relationship

KW81‧‧‧The intersection of values

LA81, LA82‧‧‧Status indication

LB81‧‧‧First status indicator

LB82‧‧‧The second state indicator

LC81, LD81‧‧‧Actual position

LF8A‧‧‧variable time length

LJ8T‧‧‧Reference time length

LN8A‧‧‧Time length range limit value pair

LN81, LN82‧‧‧Time length range limit value

LP81, SP81‧‧‧Telecommunications signal

LQ81, SQ81‧‧‧Optical signal

LT8T‧‧‧Application time length

LY81‧‧‧Measurement Information

MF81, MF83, MG81, MQ81, MK81, MK85, MR82, MU81‧‧‧Scientific computing

MR81‧‧‧First Scientific Computing

MZ81‧‧‧Second Scientific Computing

NA8A, NE8A‧‧‧Data Confirmation Procedure

ND8A, NF8A‧‧‧Data Acquisition Procedure

NP91‧‧‧Specific count value

NR81‧‧‧Clock reference time value

NS81‧‧‧Total number of reference ranges

NT81‧‧‧Total number of reference ranges

NY80‧‧‧Initial count value

NY81‧‧‧Specific count value

NY8A‧‧‧variable count value

PB81‧‧‧First logical decision

PB82, PH81, PH91, PZ82‧‧‧Logical decision

PB91‧‧‧The third logical decision

PE81‧‧‧The third logical decision

PF9T, PM8L, PV8L, XC9T, XC92, YM82, YM85, YN81, YX82, YX85, YX8L‧‧‧Memory location

PW81‧‧‧Reasonable decision

PY81‧‧‧Second logical decision

PZ81‧‧‧Second logical decision

QB81‧‧‧Preset time reference interval sequence

QD12, QD1L, QD1T, QD5T‧‧‧Specify physical parameters

QP15‧‧‧Specific physical parameters

QU17‧‧‧The first specific physical parameter

QU18‧‧‧Second specific physical parameter

QU15‧‧‧The third specific physical parameter

RA8E, RB8E‧‧‧Sensor measuring range

RC1E, RD1E‧‧‧Rated physical parameter range

RC1E1, RD1E1‧‧‧Physical parameter reference range

RC1E2‧‧‧Physical parameter reference range, physical parameter candidate range

RC1E3, RD1E3, RD2E2, RK1E2‧‧‧Physical parameter candidate range

RC1E4, RC1E7‧‧‧Specific physical parameter range

RC1EL, RD1EL‧‧‧Physical parameter application range

RC1N, RD1N‧‧‧Rated measurement value range

RD1E2‧‧‧Physical parameter reference range, physical parameter candidate range

RD1E4‧‧‧The first specific physical parameter range

RD1E5‧‧‧The second specific physical parameter range

RD1ET, RK1ET‧‧‧Target range of physical parameters

RL81‧‧‧Affirmative operation report

RM11, RN11‧‧‧Reference range of measured value

RM12‧‧‧Measurement value reference range, measured value candidate range

RM17, RN15, RN17‧‧‧Specific measurement value range

RM1L, RN1L‧‧‧Measurement value application range

RN12‧‧‧Measurement value reference range, measured value candidate range

RN13‧‧‧Measurement value candidate range

RN1T‧‧‧Measurement value target range

RQ11‧‧‧Time value reference range

RQ1T‧‧‧Time value target range

RQ12‧‧‧Time value reference range, time value candidate range

RW1EL, RY1ET‧‧‧Corresponding physical parameter range

RX1T‧‧‧Corresponding measurement value range

SA1‧‧‧Memory space

SB81‧‧‧Physical parameter signal

SC81, SC82, SC83, SC97, SD81, SD82, SF81, SF97, SV81, SV82‧‧‧Control signal

SE81‧‧‧Control response signal

SG81, SG82, SG85, SG91, SG97‧‧‧Function signal

SK91, SY80, SY81‧‧‧clock time signal

SL81‧‧‧Drive signal

SM81, SM82, SM91, SN83, SN91‧‧‧Sensing signal

SN81‧‧‧First sensing signal

SN82‧‧‧Second sensing signal

SN811, SN812‧‧‧Sensing signal component

SS11、SU11‧‧‧Storage space

SW82, SW83, SW84, SW85‧‧‧Command signal

SX81‧‧‧Trigger signal

SZ81, SZ91, SZ92‧‧‧Operation request signal

TD81, TF81, TF82‧‧‧operating time

TE82, TG82, TG83, TW81, TY81‧‧‧specified time

TH1A‧‧‧Clock time

TJ8T‧‧‧specified time

TK81‧‧‧Control data code type

TL11, TP11, TU11, TU1G‧‧‧Physical parameter type

TM81‧‧‧Measuring range limit data code type

TR81‧‧‧Clock reference time

TT81‧‧‧Trigger time

TT82‧‧‧Starting time

TZ8T‧‧‧End time

UA8T‧‧‧Control application code

UH8T‧‧‧Interrupt request signal

UL81‧‧‧Preset characteristic physical parameters

UM8A, UN8A‧‧‧Variable physical parameter range code

UM8L‧‧‧Physical parameter application range code

UN8T, UQ1T‧‧‧Physical parameter target range code

UQ11‧‧‧Specification range code of physical parameters

UQ12‧‧‧Physical parameter specified range code, physical parameter candidate range code

UW81‧‧‧Specific input code

UX81, UX92, UY81, UY91, UY95‧‧‧Specify the number of bits

VA11, VC11, VK81, VK82‧‧‧Relative value

VG81‧‧‧Permissible value

VM81, VM82, VM91, VN83, VN91‧‧‧Measured value

VN81‧‧‧First measured value

VN82‧‧‧Second measured value

WA8L, WB8L, WD81, WN8T, WS82, WS8T‧‧‧Write request message

WC8T‧‧‧Second write request message

WJ11‧‧‧Electric application target

WN8L‧‧‧First write request message

XA8A‧‧‧Variable physical state

XA81‧‧‧Non-characteristic physical parameter arrival status

XA82‧‧‧Actual characteristic physical parameter arrival status

XH81, XH82‧‧‧Specific status

XJ81: The first specific state

XJ82: Second specific state

XK81, XU81: Operation reference code

XP81, XR81: specific empirical formula

YJ81: Selection tool

YM8L: first memory location

YM8T: third memory location

YQ81, YW81: Sensor sensitivity

YS81, YS82, YS8T: memory location

YU91: Preset data export rules

YX8T: second memory location

ZB81: Relative reference range code

ZD1T1, ZD1T2: preset physical parameter target range limits

ZL82: Arrival of characteristic physical parameters

ZU81: Verify operation

ZX81: First data encoding operation

ZX82: Second data encoding operation

ZX83: data encoding operation, fourth data encoding operation

ZX91: Third data encoding operation

This disclosure can be further understood by the detailed description of the following diagrams:

Figure 1: A schematic diagram of a control system in various embodiments of the present disclosure.

Figure 2: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 3: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 4: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 5: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Figure 10: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 11: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 12: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 13: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 14: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 15: An implementation result of the control system shown in Figure 1 Schematic diagram of the structure.

Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Figure 17: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 18: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 19: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 20: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 21: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 22: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 23: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 24: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 25: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 26: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 27: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 28: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 29: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 30: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 31: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 32: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 33: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 34: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 35: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 36: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Fig. 37 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 38 is a schematic diagram showing an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 39 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Figure 40: An implementation result of the control system shown in Figure 1 Schematic diagram of the structure.

Figure 41: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Fig. 42 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Figure 43: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Please refer to FIG. 1, which is a schematic diagram of a control system 901 in various embodiments of the present disclosure. The control system 901 includes a control target device 130 and a control device 212 for controlling the control target device 130. The control target device 130 includes a variable physical parameter QU1A, a sensing unit 334 and an operating unit 397. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by a measured value target range RN1T and a physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by a measured value application range RN1L. The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a first sensing signal SN81.

The operating unit 397 is coupled to the sensing unit 334. Under the condition that the operating unit 397 receives a control signal SC81 that functions to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T, the operating unit 397 responds to the first sensing signal SN81 to obtain a first measurement value VN81. The operating unit 397 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently under the condition of the physical parameter application range RD1EL by checking a first mathematical relationship KV81 between the first measurement value VN81 and the measurement value application range RN1L , The operating unit 397 determines the measured value target due to the control signal SC81 A range difference DS81 between the range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

Please refer to FIG. 2, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9011 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. Please refer to Figure 1 additionally. In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 related to the measurement value application range RN1L. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 334 to generate HF81. The first measurement value VN81 is obtained by the operating unit 397 in a designated measurement value format HH81.

The measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L are both preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GW81 using the designated measurement value format HH81. The measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L have a target range limit value pair DN1T and an application range limit value pair DN1L, respectively. The control signal SC81 transmits the target range limit value pair DN1T, the application range limit value pair DN1L and a control code CC1T. For example, the control code CC1T is preset based on a designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the target range limit value pair DN1T.

The operating unit 397 obtains the application range limit value pair DN1L from the control signal SC81, and checks the first mathematical value by comparing the first measurement value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L The relationship KV81 is used to make a first logical decision PB81 whether the first measurement value VN81 is within the measurement value application range RN1L. Under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the operating unit 397 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

The operating unit 397 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T from the control signal SC81. Under the condition that the operating unit 397 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the operating unit 397 compares the obtained target range limit value to DN1T with the obtained application range limit Value pair DN1L to check a range relationship KE8A between the measured value target range RN1T and the measured value application range RN1L to determine whether the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L The equal one second logic determines PY81.

Under the condition that the second logic decision PY81 is negative, the operating unit 397 recognizes that the range relationship KE8A is a range difference relationship to determine the range difference DS81. The operating unit 397 obtains the control code CC1T from the control signal SC81. Under the condition that the operating unit 397 determines the range difference DS81, the operating unit 397 executes a signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T to generate a signal for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range A function signal of RD1ET is SG81.

In some embodiments, after the operating unit 397 executes the signal generation control GY81 within an operating time TF81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a second sensing signal SN82. A finger of the operating unit 397 after the operating time TF81 In response to the second sensing signal SN82 within a predetermined time TG82, a second measurement value VN82 is obtained in the designated measurement value format HH81. The operating unit 397 compares the second measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T within the specified time TG82 to determine the value of the physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located. Under conditions, the operating unit 397 executes a guarantee operation GU81, which is used to cause a physical parameter target range code UN8T representing the determined physical parameter target range RD1ET to be recorded.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to a variable time length LF8A. For example, the operating unit 397 is used to measure the variable time length LF8A. The variable time length LF8A is characterized based on a time length reference range HJ81 and a reference time length LJ8T. The time length reference range HJ81 is represented by a time length value reference range GJ81. The reference time length LJ8T is represented by a time length value CL8T. The control signal SC81 further conveys the time length value CL8T. The operating unit 397 is configured to obtain the time length value CL8T from the control signal SC81, and to check a numerical relationship KJ81 between the obtained time length value CL8T and the time length value reference range GJ81 to make a control signal. A third logic determines PE81 whether a counting operation BC8T at a specific time TJ8T is to be executed.

Under the condition that the third logic decision PE81 is affirmative, the operation unit 397 executes the counting operation BC8T based on the obtained time length value CL8T. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the operating unit 397 reaches the specific physical parameter based on the counting operation BC8T Time TJ8T, and execute a signal generation operation BY91 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the physical parameter application range RD1EL within the specific time TJ8T.

Please refer to Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6 and Figure 7. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9012 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9013 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9014 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9015 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9016 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in Figures 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, each of the implementation structure 9012, the implementation structure 9013, the implementation structure 9014, the implementation structure 9015, and the implementation structure 9016 The structure includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130.

Please refer to Figure 1 additionally. In some embodiments, the operating unit 397 is configured to execute a physical parameter control function FA81 related to the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and includes a processing unit 331 coupled to the sensing unit 334 and coupled to the processing unit An input unit 337 of 331 and an output unit 338 coupled to the processing unit 331. The physical parameter control function FA81 is configured to comply with a physical parameter control function specification GAL8 related to the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 related to the measurement value application range RN1L. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to the sensitivity of the sensor unit 334 A sensing signal executed generates HF81.

Under the condition that the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from a control device 212, the processing unit 331 responds to the first sensing signal SN81 to obtain the first measurement value VN81 in a designated measurement value format HH81. For example, the designated measurement value format HH81 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY81. For example, when the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to perform the sensing signal generation HF81 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81, and the sensing signal generates HF81 is used to generate the first sensing signal SN81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81 due to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 240 to output a function signal for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET SG81.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a rated physical parameter range RD1E. For example, the rated physical parameter range RD1E is represented by a rated measurement value range RD1N, and includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, ... represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... respectively. The physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are both included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes the sensor specification FU11, a rated physical parameter range representation GA8E used to represent the rated physical parameter range RD1E, and a physical parameter application range representation used to represent the physical parameter application range RD1EL GA8L.

The rated measurement value range RD1N is based on the rated physical The parameter range represents GA8E, the sensor sensitivity represents GW81, and a first data encoding operation ZX81 used to convert the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E is preset using the designated measurement value format HH81, and has a rated range limit value For DD1A, it also includes the plural different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... represented by the plural different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... respectively. For example, the rated range limit value pair DD1A is preset using the specified measurement value format HH81. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,... include the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L.

In some embodiments, the measurement value target range RN1T is represented by a measurement value target range code EM1T included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ...; whereby the measurement value target range code EM1T is Configure to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... are all preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the measurement value target range code EM1T.

The measurement value application range RN1L is represented by a measurement value application range code EM1L included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ..., and has an application range limit value pair DN1L; whereby the measurement value is applied The range code EM1L is configured to indicate the physical parameter application range RD1EL. For example, the application range limit value for DN1L is based on the physical parameter application range representing GA8L, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a second data encoding operation ZX82 for converting the physical parameter application range representing GA8L to use the specified measurement value The format HH81 is pre- Assume. The measurement value application range RN1L is preset based on the physical parameter application range representation GA8L, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81, and the second data encoding operation ZX82 using the designated measurement value format HH81.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 further includes a storage unit 332 coupled to the processing unit 331. The storage unit 332 stores the preset rated range limit value pair DD1A and a variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The control signal SC81 further transmits the rated range limit value pair DD1A. When the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to a specific measurement value range code EM14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,...

For example, the specific measurement value range code EM14 indicates a first specific physical parameter range RD1E4 previously determined by the processing unit 331 based on a sensing operation ZS81. The first specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... The sensing operation ZS81 performed by the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A. Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the specific measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 obtains the specific measurement value range code EM14. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the first specific physical parameter range RD1E4 based on the sensing operation ZS81 before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store all the parameters. The range code of the specific measurement value obtained is specified by EM14 To the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The specific measurement value range code EM14 represents a specific measurement value range configured to represent the first specific physical parameter range RD1E4. The specific measurement value range is preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GW81 in the specified measurement value format HH81. For example, the sensing unit 334 performs a sensing signal generation dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81 by performing the sensing operation ZS81 to generate a sensing signal.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal, and responds to the sensing signal to obtain a specific measurement value in the specified measurement value format HH81, and executes for checking the specific measurement value A specific check operation of a mathematical relationship between the specific measurement value range and the specific measurement value range. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the first specific physical parameter range RD1E4 based on the specific checking operation, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to obtain the specific The measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The processing unit 331 responds to a specific sensing operation for sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A to determine whether the processing unit 331 will use the storage unit 332 to change the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. For example, the specific sensing operation is performed by the sensing unit 334.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain an operation reference data code from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332 XU81, and execute a data determination using the operation reference data code XU81 by running a data determination program NA8A AA8A determines to select the measurement value application range code EM1L from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... so as to select the measurement value application range RN1L from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ....

The operation reference code XU81 is the same as an allowable reference code preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The data determination program NA8A is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The data determination AA8A is one of a first data determination operation AA81 and a second data determination operation AA82. Under the condition that the operation reference data code XU81 is obtained by accessing the variable physical parameter range code UN8A stored in the storage unit 332 and is the same as the specific measurement value range code EM14, it is the first data The data of the determination operation AA81 determines that AA8A determines the measurement value application range code EM1L based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EM14. For example, the determined measurement value application range code EM1L is the same as or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code EM14.

Under the condition that the operation reference data code XU81 is obtained from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332 and is the same as the preset rated range limit value pair DD1A, it is the second data determination operation AA82 The data determines that AA8A selects from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... by performing a first scientific calculation MR81 using the first measurement value VN81 and the obtained rated range limit value for DD1A The measurement value application range code EM1L is used to determine the measurement value application range code EM1L. For example, the first scientific calculation MR81 is executed based on a specific empirical formula XR81. The specific empirical formula XR81 is pre-defined based on the preset rated range limit value DD1A and the multiple different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,.... For example, the specific empirical formula XR81 is formulated in advance based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the application range limit value pair DN1L based on the determined measurement value application range code EM1L, and based on the first measurement value VN81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L A data comparison between CD81 to check the first mathematical relationship KV81 to make a first logical decision PB81 whether the first measurement value VN81 is within the selected measurement value application range RN1L. Under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

The processing unit 331 obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the processing unit 331 compares the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T with the determined measurement value application The range code EM1L is used to check a range relationship KE8A between the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L to determine whether the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the determined measurement value application range code EM1L are An equal second logic determines PZ81. Under the condition that the second logic decision PZ81 is negative, the processing unit 331 recognizes that the range relationship KE8A is a range difference relationship to determine the range difference DS81.

In some embodiments, the application range limit value pair DN1L includes a first application range limit value DN15 of the measurement value application range RN1L and a second application range limit value DN16 relative to the first application range limit value DN15. The control target device 130 further includes a function target 335 coupled to the output unit 338. The function target 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the sensing unit 334 is coupled to the functional target 335. The processing unit 331 uses the output unit 338 to make the function target 335 execute a designated function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the designated function operation ZH81 is used to cause a trigger event EQ81 to occur. The control device 212 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to output the control signal SC81.

For example, when the first application range limit value DN15 is different from the second application range limit value DN16 and the first measurement value VN81 is between the first application range limit value DN15 and the second application range limit value DN16 Under conditions, the processing unit 331 makes the first logical decision PB81 by comparing the first measured value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L to become affirmative. Under the condition that the first application range limit value DN15, the second application range limit value DN16, and the first measurement value VN81 are equal, the processing unit 331 compares the first measurement value VN81 with the obtained application value The range limit value is positive for DN1L to make the first logical decision PB81.

The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter representation GA8T1. The physical parameter representation GA8T1 is used to represent a designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The storage unit 332 has a first memory location YM8L and a second memory location different from the first memory location YM8L YX8T, the application range limit value pair DN1L is stored in the first memory location YM8L, and a control code CC1T is stored in the second memory location YX8T.

For example, the first memory location YM8L is identified based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L. The second memory position YX8T is identified based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The control code CC1T is preset based on the physical parameter representing GA8T1 and a third data encoding operation ZX91 for converting the physical parameter representing GA8T1. For example, the application range limit value pair DN1L and the control code CC1T are respectively stored by the storage unit 332 based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L and the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 executes a data acquisition AD8A using the determined measurement value application range code EM1L by running a data acquisition program ND8A to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the data acquisition AD8A is one of a first data acquisition operation AD81 and a second data acquisition operation AD82. The data acquisition program ND8A is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The first data acquisition operation AD81 uses the storage unit 332 based on the determined measurement value application range code EM1L to access the application range limit value pair DN1L stored in the first memory location YM8L to obtain the application range The limit value is DN1L.

The second data acquisition operation AD82 relies on one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332 to acquire the rated range limit value pair DD1A, and by executing the determined application range code EM1L of the measured value and the acquired The limit value of the rated range is a second Scientifically calculate MZ81 to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the rated range limit value pair DD1A includes a rated range limit value DD11 of the rated measurement value range RD1N and a rated range limit value DD12 relative to the rated range limit value DD11, and based on the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, The sensor sensitivity indicates that GW81 and the first data encoding operation ZX81 are preset using the designated measurement value format HH81.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to access the storage unit 332 stored in the second memory location YX8T Control code CC1T, and execute a signal generation control GY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 based on the accessed control code CC1T to control the output unit 338. The output unit 338 responds to the signal generation control GY81 to execute a signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate a function signal SG81, and the function signal SG81 is used to control the function object 335 to cause the variable physical The parameter QU1A enters the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 is an external device. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... have a total number of reference ranges NT81. The total number of reference ranges NT81 is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the total reference range number NT81. The first scientific calculation MR81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NT81. The second scientific calculation MZ81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NT81. For example, the total number of reference ranges is greater than or equal to 2. For example, the total number of reference ranges NT11≧3; the total number of reference ranges NT11 ≧4; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧5; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧6; and the total number of reference ranges NT11≦255.

The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to change the variable physical parameter QU1A from a first specific physical parameter QU17 to a second specific physical parameter QU18. For example, the first specific physical parameter QU17 is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL; and the second specific physical parameter QU18 is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T for representing the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The measurement value target range RN1T is a first part of the rated measurement value range RD1N, and has a target range limit value pair DN1T. For example, the target range limit value pair DN1T is based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a fourth data encoding operation ZX83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T to use the specified measurement value The format HH81 is preset. The measurement value target range RN1T is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81, and the fourth data encoding operation ZX83 using the designated measurement value format HH81. The measurement value application range RN1L is a second part of the rated measurement value range RD1N.

The physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are separate or adjacent. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are separated, the measured value target range RN1T and the measured value application range RN1L are separated. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are adjacent, the measured value target range RN1T It is adjacent to the measurement value application range RN1L.

For example, the measurement value application range code EM1L is configured to be equal to an integer. The rated range limit value DD12 is greater than the rated range limit value DD11. There is a relative value VA11 between the rated range limit value DD12 and the rated range limit value DD11 relative to the rated range limit value DD11. The relative value VA11 is equal to a calculation result of the rated range limit value DD12 minus the rated range limit value DD11. For example, the application range limit value pair DN1L is preset based on the rated range limit value DD11, the rated range limit value DD12, the integer, and a ratio of the relative value VA11 to the total reference range number NT81. The second scientific calculation MZ81 uses one of the rated range limit value DD11, the rated range limit value DD12, the integer, the ratio, and any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, the storage unit 332 further has a third memory location YM8T different from the second memory location YX8T, and stores the target range limit value pair DN1T in the third memory location YM8T. For example, the third memory location YM8T is identified based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. After the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 within an operating time TF81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a second sensing signal SN82. For example, after the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to execute a sensing signal dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81 to generate HF82, the sensing signal The HF82 is generated for generating the second sensing signal SN82.

The processing unit 331 after the operating time TF81 Respond to the second sensing signal SN82 within a specified time TG82 to obtain a second measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the third memory location YM8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T, and by comparing the second The measured value VN82 and the target range limit value pair DN1T accessed to check a second mathematical relationship KV91 between the second measured value VN82 and the measured value target range RN1T to determine whether the second measured value VN82 is A third logical decision PB91 within the measured value target range RN1T.

Under the condition that the third logical decision PB91 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines within the specified time TG82 that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET, generates a positive operation report RL81, and causes The output unit 338 outputs a control response signal SE81 that transmits the affirmative operation report RL81, whereby the control response signal SE81 is used to cause the control device 212 to obtain the affirmative operation report RL81. For example, the positive operation report RL81 indicates an operation situation EP81 in which the variable physical parameter QU1A has successfully entered the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 by causing the output unit 338 to generate the control response signal SE81.

In some embodiments, the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 determines the current variable physical parameter QU1A by making the third logical decision PB91 Under the condition of the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the processing unit 331 is based on the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target A first code difference DF81 between the range codes EM1T uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

When the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the output unit 338 displays a first status indicator LB81. For example, the first state indicator LB81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in a first specific state XJ81 within the first specific physical parameter range RD1E4. The specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T, and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by making the third logical decision PB91 Under the condition of the range RD1ET, the processing unit 331 further causes the output unit 338 to change the first status indicator LB81 to a second status indicator LB82 based on the first code difference DF81. For example, the second state indicator LB82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in a second specific state XJ82 within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The control signal SC81 is one of an electrical signal SP81 and an optical signal SQ81. The input unit 337 includes a first input component 3371, a second input component 3372, and a third input component 3373. The first input component 3371 is coupled to the processing unit 331. Under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the electric signal SP81, the first input component 3371 causes the processing unit 331 to obtain the control message CG81 by receiving the electric signal SP81 for sending a control message CG81. For example, the control message CG81 includes the measured value target range code EM1T.

The second input component 3372 is coupled to the processing unit 331. Under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81, the first The two-input component 3372 receives the optical signal SQ81 for delivering an encoded image FY81. For example, the encoded image FY81 represents the control message CG81. The third input component 3373 is coupled to the processing unit 331. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the third input component 3373 receives a user input operation BQ81, and responds to the user input operation BQ81 This causes the processing unit 331 to determine a specific input code UW81. For example, the specific input code UW81 is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,...

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81, the second input component 3372 senses the encoded image FY81 to determine an encoded data DY81, and decodes the encoded data DY81 to provide the control information CG81 to the processing unit 331. Under the condition that the specific input code UW81 is different from the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the processing unit 331 is based on the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the A second code difference DX81 between specific input codes UW81 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET through the output unit 338 to enter the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... A second specific physical parameter range in RD1E5.

The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A under a constraint condition FR81 to provide the first sensing signal SN81 to the processing unit 331. For example, the constraint condition FR81 is that the variable physical parameter QU1A is equal to a third specific physical parameter QU15 included in the rated physical parameter range RD1E. The processing unit 331 is based on the first sensing signal SN81 estimates the third specific physical parameter QU15 to obtain the first measured value VN81. Since the variable physical parameter QU1A in the constraint condition FR81 is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the processing unit 331 recognizes that the first measurement value VN81 is an allowable value within the measurement value application range RN1L To identify the first mathematical relationship KV81 between the first measurement value VN81 and the measurement value application range RN1L as a numerical value intersection relationship, and thereby determine the physical parameter application range in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located RD1EL.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is characterized based on the sensor sensitivity YW81 related to the sensing signal generation HF81, and is configured to comply with the sensor specification FU11. The sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW81, and a sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing a sensor measurement range RB8E. For example, the rated physical parameter range RD1E is configured to be the same as the sensor measurement range RB8E, or configured to be a part of the sensor measurement range RB8E. The sensor measurement range RB8E is related to a physical parameter sensing performed by the sensing unit 334. The measurement range of the sensor indicates that the GW8R is provided based on a first preset measurement unit. For example, the first preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an English measurement unit.

The rated measurement value range RD1N and the rated range limit value pair DD1A are based on the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E, the sensor measurement range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the first data encoding operation ZX81. The specified measurement value format HH81 is preset. The measurement value application range RN1L and the application range limit value pair DN1L is preset based on the physical parameter application range representing GA8L, the sensor measuring range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the second data encoding operation ZX82 to use the designated measurement value format HH81.

The measurement value target range RN1T and the target range limit value pair DN1T are all based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T, the sensor measurement range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the fourth data encoding operation ZX83. The specified measurement value format HH81 is preset. The rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, the physical parameter application range represents GA8L, the physical parameter represents GA8T1, and the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T are all provided based on a second preset measurement unit. For example, the second preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an English measurement unit, and is the same as or different from the first preset measurement unit.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on the sensor measurement range RB8E. For example, the sensor measurement range represents GW8R, the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, the physical parameter application range represents GA8L, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, and the physical parameter represents GA8T1 are all decimal data types. The first measurement value VN81, the second measurement value VN82, the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the application range limit value pair DN1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T, and the control code CC1T all belong to the binary data type, and Both are suitable for computer processing. The sensor specification FU11 and the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 are both preset.

In some embodiments, before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the input unit 337 receives the preset The application range limit value is a first write request message WN8L for DN1L and a first memory address AM8L. For example, the first memory location YM8L is identified based on the first memory address AM8L; and the first memory address AM8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L. The processing unit 331 responds to the first write request message WN8L to use the storage unit 332 to store the application range threshold pair DN1L of the first write request message WN8L to the first memory location YM8L.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the input unit 337 receives a second write request message WC8T containing the preset control code CC1T and a second memory address AX8T. For example, the second memory location YX8T is identified based on the second memory address AX8T; and the second memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The processing unit 331 responds to the second write request message WC8T to use the storage unit 332 to store the control code CC1T of the second write request message WC8T in the second memory location YX8T.

Please refer to Figure 1, Figure 2, Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6, and Figure 7. A method ML80 for controlling a variable physical parameter QU1A is disclosed. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by a measured value target range RN1T and a physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by a measured value application range RN1L.

The method ML80 includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a first sensing signal SN81; when a control signal SC81 that functions to indicate the target range RN1T of the measurement value is received Under conditions, a first measurement value VN81 is obtained in response to the first sensing signal SN81; and the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in is checked by checking the first measurement value VN81 and the measurement value Under the condition that a first mathematical relationship KV81 between the application range RN1L is determined, a range difference DS81 between the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L is determined due to the control signal SC81 to cause the Change the physical parameter QU1A into the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes a step of providing a sensing unit 334. For example, the step of sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A is performed by using the sensing unit 334. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 related to the measurement value application range RN1L. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 334 to generate HF81.

The first measurement value VN81 is obtained in a designated measurement value format HH81. The measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L are both preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GW81 using the designated measurement value format HH81. The measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L have a target range limit value pair DN1T and an application range limit value pair DN1L, respectively.

The control signal SC81 transmits the target range limit value pair DN1T, the application range limit value pair DN1L and a control code CC1T. For example, the control code CC1T is based on the physical parameter target range RD1ET One of the designated physical parameters QD1T is preset. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the target range limit value pair DN1T.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the following steps: obtaining the application range limit value pair DN1L from the control signal SC81; obtaining the target range limit value pair DN1T from the control signal SC81; and obtaining the target range limit value pair DN1T from the control signal SC81 Control code CC1T. The step of determining the range difference DS81 includes the following sub-steps: by comparing the first measurement value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L, checking the first mathematical relationship KV81 to determine whether the first measurement value VN81 is To determine a first logical decision PB81 within the measurement value application range RN1L; and under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, determine the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

The step of determining the range difference DS81 further includes the following sub-steps: Under the condition that the physical parameter application range RD1EL is determined, the target range limit value pair DN1T obtained by comparing with the application range limit value pair DN1L obtained To check a range relationship KE8A between the measured value target range RN1T and the measured value application range RN1L to determine whether the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L are equal The second logic determines PY81; under the condition that the second logic determines PY81 is negative, identify the range relationship KE8A as a range difference relationship to determine the range difference DS81; and under the condition that the range difference DS81 is determined, based on The obtained control code CC1T executes a signal generation control GY81 to generate a signal for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range A functional signal SG81 of RD1ET;

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the following steps: after the signal generation control GY81 is executed within an operating time TF81, sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a second sensing signal SN82; Within a designated time TG82 after the operating time TF81, respond to the second sensing signal SN82 to obtain a second measured value VN82 in the designated measured value format HH81; Under the condition that the parameter target range RD1ET is determined by comparing the second measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T within the specified time TG82, a guarantee operation GU81 is performed, and the guarantee operation GU81 is used for A physical parameter target range code UN8T representing the determined target range RD1ET of the physical parameter is recorded.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the following steps: after the signal generation control GY81 is executed within an operating time TF81, sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a second sensing signal SN82; Within a designated time TG82 after the operating time TF81, respond to the second sensing signal SN82 to obtain a second measured value VN82; During the time TG82, under the condition determined by comparing the second measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T, an assurance operation GU81 is performed, and the assurance operation GU81 is used to cause the physical A physical parameter target range code UN8T of the parameter target range RD1ET is recorded.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to a variable time Length LF8A. For example, the variable time length LF8A is characterized based on a time length reference range HJ81 and a reference time length LJ8T. The time length reference range HJ81 is represented by a time length value reference range GJ81. The reference time length LJ8T is represented by a time length value CL8T. The control signal SC81 further conveys the time length value CL8T. The method ML80 further includes the following steps: obtaining the time length value CL8T from the control signal SC81; and checking a numerical relationship KJ81 between the obtained time length value CL8T and the time length value reference range GJ81 to make A third logic decision PE81 that controls whether a counting operation BC8T for a specific time TJ8T is to be executed.

The method ML80 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the third logic determines that PE81 is affirmative, execute the counting operation BC8T based on the obtained time length value CL8T; in the variable physical parameter QU1A due to the control signal SC81 It is configured to arrive at the specific time TJ8T based on the counting operation BC8T under the condition within the physical parameter target range RD1ET; and execute within the specific time TJ8T to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter The target range RD1ET enters the physical parameter application range RD1EL to generate a signal BY91.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the following steps: providing a sensing unit 334, wherein the step of sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A is performed by using the sensing unit 334; and the execution is related to the physical parameter A physical parameter control function FA81 related to the application range RD1EL. The step of determining the range difference DS81 includes a sub-step: under the condition that the range difference DS81 is determined due to the control signal SC81, A function signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET is generated.

The physical parameter control function FA81 is configured to comply with a physical parameter control function specification GAL8 related to the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 related to the measurement value application range RN1L. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 334 to generate HF81. The first measurement value VN81 is obtained in a designated measurement value format HH81. For example, the designated measurement value format HH81 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY81.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a rated physical parameter range RD1E. For example, the rated physical parameter range RD1E is represented by a rated measurement value range RD1N, and includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, ... represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... respectively. The physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are both included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes the sensor specification FU11, a rated physical parameter range representation GA8E used to represent the rated physical parameter range RD1E, and a physical parameter application range representation used to represent the physical parameter application range RD1EL GA8L.

The rated measurement value range RD1N is based on the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a first data encoding operation for converting the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E ZX81 is preset using the specified measurement value format HH81, has a rated range limit value pair DD1A, and includes the multiple different measurement value reference ranges RN11 represented by multiple different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... , RN12,.... For example, the rated range limit value pair DD1A is preset using the specified measurement value format HH81. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,... include the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L.

In some embodiments, the measurement value target range RN1T is represented by a measurement value target range code EM1T included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... are all preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the measurement value target range code EM1T.

The measurement value application range RN1L is represented by a measurement value application range code EM1L included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ..., and has an application range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the application range limit value for DN1L is based on the physical parameter application range representing GA8L, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a second data encoding operation ZX82 for converting the physical parameter application range representing GA8L to use the specified measurement value The format HH81 is preset.

The method ML80 further includes the following steps: providing a storage space SU11; and storing the preset rated range limit value pair DD1A and a variable physical parameter range code UN8A in the storage space SU11. The control signal SC81 further transmits the limit value pair of the rated range DD1A. When the control signal SC81 is received, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to a specific measurement value range code EM14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,...

For example, the specific measurement value range code EM14 indicates a specific physical parameter range RD1E4 previously determined based on a sensing operation ZS81. The specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... The sensing operation ZS81 performed by the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A. Before the control signal SC81 is received, the specific measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the control signal SC81 is received from a control device 212, responding to the control signal SC81 to receive one of the control signal SC81 and the storage space SU11 One obtains an operation reference data code XU81; and executes a data determination AA8A using the operation reference data code XU81 by running a data determination program NA8A to determine the selection from the plural different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... The measurement value application range code EM1L is used to select the measurement value application range RN1L from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,...

The operation reference code XU81 is the same as an allowable reference code preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The data determination program NA8A is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The data determination AA8A is one of a first data determination operation AA81 and a second data determination operation AA82. In the operation reference data code XU81 is stored in the storage space SU11 by accessing Under the condition that the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is obtained to be the same as the specific measurement value range code EM14, it is the data determination of the first data determination operation AA81 that AA8A is based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EM14. Determine the application range code EM1L for the measured value. For example, the determined measurement value application range code EM1L is the same as or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code EM14.

Under the condition that the operation reference data code XU81 is obtained from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage space SU11 under the same condition as the preset rated range limit value pair DD1A, it is the second data determination operation AA82 The data determines that AA8A selects from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... by performing a first scientific calculation MR81 using the first measurement value VN81 and the obtained rated range limit value for DD1A The measurement value application range code EM1L is used to determine the measurement value application range code EM1L. For example, the first scientific calculation MR81 is executed based on a specific empirical formula XR81, and the specific empirical formula XR81 is based on the preset rated range limit value pair DD1A and the plurality of different measured value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... It is pre-defined.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the following steps: obtaining the application range limit value pair DN1L based on the determined measurement value application range code EM1L; and obtaining the measurement value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81. The step of determining the range difference DS81 further includes the following sub-steps: based on a data comparison CD81 between the first measured value VN81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L, checking the first mathematical relationship KV81 to make the Whether the first measurement value VN81 is a first logic within the selected application range RN1L of the measurement value Determine PB81; and under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, determine the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

The step of determining the range difference DS81 further includes the following sub-steps: under the condition that the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located is determined, by comparing the measured value target range code EM1T obtained with the target range code EM1T. The determined measurement value application range code EM1L is used to check a range relationship KE8A between the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L to make the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the determined measurement A second logic determines whether the value application range code EM1L is equal to PZ81; and under the condition that the second logic determines PZ81 is negative, the range relationship KE8A is identified as a range difference relationship to determine the range difference DS81.

In some embodiments, the application range limit value pair DN1L includes a first application range limit value DN15 and a second application range limit value DN16 relative to the first application range limit value DN15. The storage space SU11 further has a first memory position YM8L and a second memory position YX8T different from the first memory position YM8L. For example, the first memory location YM8L is identified based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L. The second memory position YX8T is identified based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter representation GA8T1, and the physical parameter representation GA8T1 is used to indicate a designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The method ML80 further includes the following steps: A memory location YM8L stores the application range limit value pair DN1L; in the second memory location YX8T stores a control code CC1T, where the control code CC1T represents GA8T1 based on the physical parameter and is used to convert the physical parameter to represent GA8T1. The third data encoding operation ZX91 is preset; executes a designated function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A, wherein the designated function operation ZH81 is used to cause a trigger event EQ81 to occur; and by using the control device 212 , In response to the trigger event EQ81 to generate the control signal SC81.

In some embodiments, the step of obtaining the application range limit value pair DN1L includes a sub-step: by running a data acquisition program ND8A to execute a data acquisition AD8A using the determined measurement value application range code EM1L to obtain the The limit value of the application range is DN1L. For example, the data acquisition AD8A is one of a first data acquisition operation AD81 and a second data acquisition operation AD82. The data acquisition program ND8A is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8.

The first data acquisition operation AD81 accesses the application range limit value pair DN1L stored in the first memory location YM8L based on the determined measurement value application range code EM1L to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L. The second data acquisition operation AD82 relies on one of the control signal SC81 and the storage space SU11 to acquire the rated range limit value pair DD1A, and uses the determined measurement value application range code EM1L and the acquired A second scientific calculation MZ81 of the rated range limit value pair DD1A is used to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L.

The step of determining the range difference DS81 further includes the following sub-steps: Under the condition that the range difference DS81 is determined, based on the obtained The obtained target range code of the measured value EM1T is used to access the control code CC1T stored in the second memory location YX8T; based on the accessed control code CC1T, a signal for the physical parameter control function FA81 is executed Generate control GY81; and in response to the signal generation control GY81, perform a signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate a function signal SG81, which is used to control the function target 335 to cause the variable The physical parameter QU1A enters the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T for representing the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The measured value target range RN1T has a target range limit value pair DN1T. For example, the target range limit value pair DN1T is based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a fourth data encoding operation ZX83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T to use the specified measurement value The format HH81 is preset.

The control device 212 is an external device. The method ML80 further includes the following steps: providing a third memory location YM8T different from the second memory location YX8T, wherein the third memory location YM8T is in the storage space SU11, and based on the preset measurement Value target range code EM1T to be identified; and store the target range limit value pair DN1T in the third memory location YM8T.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the following steps: after the signal generation control GY81 is executed within an operating time TF81, sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a second Sense signal SN82; within a specified time TG82 after the operating time TF81, respond to the second sense signal SN82 to obtain a second measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81; based on the obtained measurement value The target range code EM1T accesses the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the third memory location YM8T; and by comparing the second measured value VN82 with the accessed target range limit value pair DN1T, check A second mathematical relationship KV91 between the second measured value VN82 and the measured value target range RN1T is used to make a third logical decision PB91 whether the second measured value VN82 is within the measured value target range RN1T.

The method ML80 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the third logical decision PB91 is affirmative, determine within the specified time TG82 the physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, and generate an affirmative operation Report RL81, wherein the affirmative operation report RL81 indicates that the variable physical parameter QU1A successfully enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET an operation condition EP81; and generates a control response signal SE81 that transmits the affirmative operation report RL81, thereby controlling The response signal SE81 is used to cause the control device 212 to obtain the positive operation report RL81.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes a step: when the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET Under the condition determined by making the third logical decision PB91, based on a value between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T Code difference DF81 to compare the obtained measurement The value target range code EM1T is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

The method ML80 further includes the following steps: when the control signal SC81 is received, a first status indicator LB81 is displayed, wherein the first status indicator LB81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 A first specific state XJ81 within a first specific state XJ81; and the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET by doing Under the condition that the third logical decision PB91 is determined, the first status indicator LB81 is changed to a second status indicator LB82 based on the first code difference DF81, wherein the second status indicator LB82 is used to indicate the variable The physical parameter QU1A is configured in a second specific state XJ82 within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The method ML80 further includes the following steps: before the control signal SC81 is received, receiving a first write request message WN8L including the preset application range limit value pair DN1L and a first memory address AM8L, wherein the The first memory location YM8L is identified based on the first memory address AM8L, and the first memory address AM8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L; and in response to the first write The request message WN8L stores the application range limit value pair DN1L of the first write request message WN8L in the first memory location YM8L.

The method ML80 further includes the following steps: before the control signal SC81 is received, receiving the preset control code CC1T and a second write request message WC8T of a second memory address AX8T, wherein the second memory location YX8T is identified based on the second memory address AX8T, and the second memory address AX8T is based on the predicted It is assumed that the target range code EM1T of the measured value is preset; and in response to the second write request message WC8T, the control code CC1T of the second write request message WC8T is stored in the second memory location YX8T.

Please refer to Figure 1, Figure 2, Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6, and Figure 7. A method ML82 for controlling a variable physical parameter QU1A by generating a function signal SG81 is disclosed. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by a measured value target range RN1T and a physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by a measured value application range RN1L.

The method ML82 includes the following steps: the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a first sensing signal SN81; a control signal SC81 that functions to indicate the target range RN1T of the measurement value is inputted Under the condition received by the unit 337, the processing unit 331 responds to the first sensing signal SN81 to obtain a first measurement value VN81; Under the condition that a first mathematical relationship KV81 between a measurement value VN81 and the measurement value application range RN1L is determined by the processing unit 331, the processing unit 331 determines the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value target range RN1T due to the control signal SC81 A range relationship KE8A between the measurement value application ranges RN1L is used to make a reasonable decision PW81 whether the function signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET is to be generated by the output unit 240.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes a step: the control target device 130 provides a sensing unit 334. For example, the step of sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A is performed by using the sensing unit 334. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 related to the measurement value application range RN1L. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 334 to generate HF81.

The first measurement value VN81 is obtained by the processing unit 331 in a designated measurement value format HH81. The measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L are both preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GW81 using the designated measurement value format HH81. The measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L have a target range limit value pair DN1T and an application range limit value pair DN1L, respectively.

The control signal SC81 transmits the target range limit value pair DN1T, the application range limit value pair DN1L and a control code CC1T. For example, the control code CC1T is preset based on a designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the target range limit value pair DN1T. The method ML82 further includes the following steps: the processing unit 331 obtains the application range limit value pair DN1L from the control signal SC81; the processing unit 331 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T from the control signal SC81; and the processing unit 331 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T from the control signal SC81 The control signal SC81 obtains the control code CC1T.

The steps to determine the range relationship KE8A include the following sub Step: The processing unit 331 checks the first mathematical relationship KV81 to determine whether the first measurement value VN81 is applied to the measurement value by comparing the first measurement value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L A first logical decision PB81 within the range RN1L; and under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

The step of determining the range relationship KE8A includes the following sub-steps: under the condition that the physical parameter application range RD1EL currently in the variable physical parameter QU1A is determined by the processing unit 331, the processing unit 331 obtains the target by comparing The range limit value pair DN1T and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L are checked to check the range relationship KE8A to determine whether the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L are equal. The second logical decision PY81; and under the condition that the second logical decision PY81 is negative, the processing unit 331 recognizes that the range relationship KE8A is a range difference relationship to make the reasonable decision PW81 to be affirmative.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the reasonable determination PW81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T to cause the output unit 240 Generate a function signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET; and after the signal generation control GY81 is executed by the processing unit 331 within an operating time TF81, the sensing unit 334 The variable physical parameter QU1A is sensed to generate a second sensing signal SN82.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: the processing The unit 331 responds to the second sensing signal SN82 within a specified time TG82 after the operating time TF81 to obtain a second measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81; and when the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in The physical parameter target range RD1ET within the specified time TG82 is determined by the processing unit 331 by comparing the second measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T, and the processing unit 331 executes A guarantee operation GU81 is used to cause a physical parameter target range code UN8T representing the determined physical parameter target range RD1ET to be recorded by the storage unit 332.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to a variable time length LF8A. For example, the variable time length LF8A is characterized based on a time length reference range HJ81 and a reference time length LJ8T. The time length reference range HJ81 is represented by a time length value reference range GJ81. The reference time length LJ8T is represented by a time length value CL8T. The control signal SC81 further conveys the time length value CL8T. The method ML82 further includes the following steps: the processing unit 331 obtains the time length value CL8T from the control signal SC81; and the processing unit 331 checks a value between the obtained time length value CL8T and the time length value reference range GJ81 The numerical relationship KJ81 is used to make a third logical decision PE81 for controlling whether a counting operation BC8T for a specific time TJ8T is to be executed.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the third logic determines that PE81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 performs the counting operation BC8T based on the obtained time length value CL8T; in the variable physical parameter QU1A due to the The control signal SC81 is configured to Under the condition that the physical parameter target range RD1ET is within the target range, the processing unit 331 reaches the specific time TJ8T based on the counting operation BC8T; and the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 240 to execute within the specific time TJ8T for causing the available A signal generating operation BY91 that changes the physical parameter QU1A out of the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the physical parameter application range RD1EL.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes the following steps: the control target device 130 provides a sensing unit 334, wherein the step of sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A is performed by using the sensing unit 334; the The operation unit 397 executes a physical parameter control function FA81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A; and under the condition that the reasonable decision PW81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 240 to generate the variable physical parameter QU1A enters a functional signal SG81 of the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The physical parameter control function FA81 is configured to comply with a physical parameter control function specification GAL8 related to the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 related to the measurement value application range RN1L. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 334 to generate HF81.

The first measurement value VN81 is obtained by the processing unit 331 in a designated measurement value format HH81. For example, the designated measurement value format HH81 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY81. For example, when the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the sensing unit 334 senses The variable physical parameter QU1A is measured to perform the sensing signal generation HF81 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81, and the sensing signal generation HF81 is used to generate the first sensing signal SN81.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a rated physical parameter range RD1E. For example, the rated physical parameter range RD1E is represented by a rated measurement value range RD1N, and includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, ... represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... respectively. The physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are both included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes the sensor specification FU11, a rated physical parameter range representation GA8E used to represent the rated physical parameter range RD1E, and a physical parameter application range representation used to represent the physical parameter application range RD1EL GA8L.

In some embodiments, the rated measurement value range RD1N is based on the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a first data encoding operation ZX81 for converting the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E to use the The specified measurement value format HH81 is preset, has a rated range limit value pair DD1A, and includes the multiple different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... represented by multiple different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... . For example, the rated range limit value pair DD1A is preset using the specified measurement value format HH81, and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,... include the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L.

The measured value target range RN1T is contained in the complex number Different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... are represented by a measurement value target range code EM1T, and have a target range limit value pair DN1T; whereby the measurement value target range code EM1T is configured to indicate the physical parameter target Range RD1ET. For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... are all preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the measurement value target range code EM1T.

The measurement value application range RN1L is represented by a measurement value application range code EM1L included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ..., and has an application range limit value pair DN1L; whereby the measurement value is applied The range code EM1L is configured to indicate the physical parameter application range RD1EL. For example, the application range limit value for DN1L is based on the physical parameter application range representing GA8L, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a second data encoding operation ZX82 for converting the physical parameter application range representing GA8L to use the specified measurement value The format HH81 is preset. The measurement value application range RN1L is preset based on the physical parameter application range representation GA8L, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81, and the second data encoding operation ZX82 using the designated measurement value format HH81.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes the following steps: the storage unit 332 provides a storage space SU11; and the storage unit 332 stores the preset rated range limit value pair DD1A and a storage space SU11 in the storage space SU11. Change the physical parameter range code UN8A. The control signal SC81 further transmits the rated range limit value pair DD1A. When the control signal SC81 is received by the input unit 337, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to the reference range code selected from the plurality of different measured values A specific measurement value range code EM14 of EM11, EM12,...

For example, the specific measurement value range code EM14 indicates a first specific physical parameter range RD1E4 previously determined by the processing unit 331 based on a sensing operation ZS81. The first specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... The sensing operation ZS81 performed by the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A. Before the control signal SC81 is received by the input unit 337, the specific measurement value range code EM14 is assigned by the processing unit 331 to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 obtains the specific measurement value range code EM14. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the first specific physical parameter range RD1E4 based on the sensing operation ZS81 before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store all the parameters. The obtained specific measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The specific measurement value range code EM14 represents a specific measurement value range configured to represent the first specific physical parameter range RD1E4. The specific measurement value range is preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GW81 in the specified measurement value format HH81. For example, the sensing unit 334 performs a sensing signal generation dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81 by performing the sensing operation ZS81 to generate a sensing signal.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal, responds to the sensing signal to obtain a specific measurement value in the specified measurement value format HH81, and executes A specific inspection operation for checking a mathematical relationship between the specific measurement value and the specific measurement value range. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the first specific physical parameter range RD1E4 based on the specific checking operation, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to obtain the specific The measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The processing unit 331 responds to a specific sensing operation for sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A to determine whether the processing unit 331 will use the storage unit 332 to change the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. For example, the specific sensing operation is performed by the sensing unit 334.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the control signal SC81 is received by the input unit 337 from a control device 212, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to receive the control signal SC81 And one of the storage spaces SU11 to obtain an operation reference data code XU81; and the processing unit 331 executes a data determination AA8A using the operation reference data code XU81 by running a data determination program NA8A to determine the selection from the plural number The measurement value application range code EM1L of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... is used to select the measurement value application range RN1L from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ....

The operation reference code XU81 is the same as an allowable reference code preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The data determination program NA8A is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The data determination AA8A is one of a first data determination operation AA81 and a second data determination operation AA82. At that operation The reference data code XU81 is obtained by the processing unit 331 by accessing the variable physical parameter range code UN8A stored in the storage space SU11 under the same condition as the specific measurement value range code EM14, which is the first The data determination AA8A of the data determination operation AA81 determines the measurement value application range code EM1L based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EM14. For example, the determined measurement value application range code EM1L is the same as or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code EM14.

Under the condition that the operation reference data code XU81 is obtained by the processing unit 331 from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage space SU11 to be the same as the preset rated range limit value pair DD1A, it is the second The data determination of the data determination operation AA82 determines AA8A by executing a first scientific calculation MR81 using the first measurement value VN81 and the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A to obtain the reference range codes EM11, EM12 from the plurality of different measurement values. ,... Select the measurement value application range code EM1L to determine the measurement value application range code EM1L. For example, the first scientific calculation MR81 is executed based on a specific empirical formula XR81. The specific empirical formula XR81 is formulated in advance based on the preset rated range limit value pair DD1A and the plurality of different measured value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... For example, the specific empirical formula XR81 is formulated in advance based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes the following steps: the processing unit 331 obtains the application range limit value pair DN1L based on the determined measurement value application range code EM1L; and the processing unit 331 obtains the control signal SC81 The target range code of the measured value is EM1T. The steps to determine the range relationship KE8A include the following sub-steps: The processing unit 331 compares CD81 with a data between the first measurement value VN81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L, and checks the first mathematical relationship KV81 to determine whether the first measurement value VN81 is the selected value A first logical decision PB81 within the measurement value application range RN1L of RN1L; and under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently RD1EL.

The step of determining the range relationship KE8A further includes the following sub-steps: under the condition that the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in is determined by the processing unit 331, the processing unit 331 obtains the The measured value target range code EM1T and the determined measurement value application range code EM1L are used to check the range relationship KE8A to determine whether the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the determined measurement value application range code EM1L are equal A second logical decision PZ81; and under the condition that the second logical decision PZ81 is negative, the processing unit 331 recognizes that the range relationship KE8A is a range difference relationship to make the reasonable decision PW81 to be affirmative.

In some embodiments, the application range limit value pair DN1L includes a first application range limit value DN15 of the measurement value application range RN1L and a second application range limit value DN16 relative to the first application range limit value DN15. For example, when the first application range limit value DN15 is different from the second application range limit value DN16 and the first measurement value VN81 is between the first application range limit value DN15 and the second application range limit value DN16 Under conditions, the processing unit 331 compares the first measured value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L to determine the The first logic determines PB81 to be affirmative. Under the condition that the first application range limit value DN15, the second application range limit value DN16, and the first measurement value VN81 are equal, the processing unit 331 compares the first measurement value VN81 with the obtained application value The range limit value is positive for DN1L to make the first logical decision PB81.

The storage space SU11 further has a first memory position YM8L and a second memory position YX8T different from the first memory position YM8L. For example, the first memory location YM8L is identified based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L. The second memory position YX8T is identified based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter representation GA8T1, and the physical parameter representation GA8T1 is used to indicate a designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: the storage unit 332 stores the application range limit value pair DN1L at the first memory location YM8L; the storage unit 332 stores a control code CC1T at the second memory location YX8T, wherein the control The code CC1T is preset based on the physical parameter representing GA8T1 and a third data encoding operation ZX91 for converting the physical parameter representing GA8T1; the processing unit 331 executes a designated functional operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A, The designated function operation ZH81 is used to cause a trigger event EQ81 to occur; and the control signal SC81 is generated in response to the trigger event EQ81 by using the control device 212. For example, the application range limit value pair DN1L and the control code CC1T are respectively stored by the storage unit 332 based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L and the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

In some embodiments, the step of obtaining the application range limit value pair DN1L includes a sub-step: the processing unit 331 executes a data acquisition using the determined measurement value application range code EM1L by running a data acquisition program ND8A AD8A obtains the application range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the data acquisition AD8A is one of a first data acquisition operation AD81 and a second data acquisition operation AD82. The data acquisition program ND8A is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The first data acquisition operation AD81 accesses the application range limit value pair DN1L stored in the first memory location YM8L based on the determined measurement value application range code EM1L to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L.

The second data acquisition operation AD82 relies on one of the control signal SC81 and the storage space SU11 to acquire the rated range limit value pair DD1A, and uses the determined measurement value application range code EM1L and the acquired A second scientific calculation MZ81 of the rated range limit value pair DD1A is used to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the rated range limit value pair DD1A includes a rated range limit value DD11 of the rated measurement value range RD1N and a rated range limit value DD12 relative to the rated range limit value DD11, and based on the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, The sensor sensitivity indicates that GW81 and the first data encoding operation ZX81 are preset using the designated measurement value format HH81.

The step of generating the function signal SG81 includes the following sub-steps: Under the condition that the reasonable determination PW81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the storage unit 332 based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T The control of the second memory location YX8T Code CC1T; the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 based on the accessed control code CC1T; and the output unit 338 responds to the signal generation control GY81 to execute control GY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81; A signal generation operation BY81 of the parameter control function FA81 generates a function signal SG81, which is used to control the function target 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 is an external device. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... have a total number of reference ranges NT81. The total number of reference ranges NT81 is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The method ML82 further includes a step: the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the total reference range number NT81. The first scientific calculation MR81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NT81. The second scientific calculation MZ81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NT81. For example, the total number of reference ranges is greater than or equal to 2. For example, the total number of reference ranges NT11≧3; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧4; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧5; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧6; and the total number of reference ranges NT11≦255.

The method ML82 further includes a step: the function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to change the variable physical parameter QU1A from a first specific physical parameter QU17 to a second specific physical parameter QU18. For example, the first specific physical parameter QU17 is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL; and the second specific physical parameter QU18 is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The physical parameter control function regulation The grid GAL8 further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T for representing the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The measurement value target range RN1T is a first part of the rated measurement value range RD1N, and has a target range limit value pair DN1T. For example, the target range limit value pair DN1T is based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a fourth data encoding operation ZX83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T to use the specified measurement value The format HH81 is preset. The measurement value target range RN1T is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81, and the fourth data encoding operation ZX83 using the designated measurement value format HH81. The measurement value application range RN1L is a second part of the rated measurement value range RD1N.

The physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are separate or adjacent. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are separated, the measured value target range RN1T and the measured value application range RN1L are separated. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are adjacent, the measured value target range RN1T and the measured value application range RN1L are adjacent.

For example, the measurement value application range code EM1L is configured to be equal to an integer. The rated range limit value DD12 is greater than the rated range limit value DD11. There is a relative value VA11 between the rated range limit value DD12 and the rated range limit value DD11 relative to the rated range limit value DD11. The relative value VA11 is equal to a calculation result of the rated range limit value DD12 minus the rated range limit value DD11. For example, the application The range limit value pair DN1L is preset based on the rated range limit value DD11, the rated range limit value DD12, the integer, and a ratio of the relative value VA11 to the total reference range number NT81. The second scientific calculation MZ81 uses one of the rated range limit value DD11, the rated range limit value DD12, the integer, the ratio, and any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes the following steps: the storage unit 332 provides a third memory location YM8T different from the second memory location YX8T, wherein the third memory location YM8T is in the storage space SU11 And is identified based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T; the storage unit 332 stores the target range limit value pair DN1T in the third memory location YM8T; and controls GY81 in an operation when the signal is generated After being executed by the processing unit 331 within the time TF81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a second sensing signal SN82. For example, after the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to execute a sensing signal dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81 to generate HF82, the sensing signal The HF82 is generated for generating the second sensing signal SN82.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: the processing unit 331 responds to the second sensing signal SN82 within a specified time TG82 after the operating time TF81 to obtain a second measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81; The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the third memory location YM8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T; and the processing unit 331 uses Compare this second measured value VN82 And the accessed target range limit value pair DN1T, check a second mathematical relationship KV91 between the second measured value VN82 and the measured value target range RN1T to determine whether the second measured value VN82 is in the measurement A third logic within the value target range RN1T determines PB91.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the third logical decision PB91 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines within the specified time TG82 that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET, and A positive operation report RL81 is generated, wherein the positive operation report RL81 indicates an operation condition EP81 in which the variable physical parameter QU1A has successfully entered the physical parameter target range RD1ET; and the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to generate the positive operation Report a control response signal SE81 of RL81, whereby the control response signal SE81 is used to cause the control device 212 to obtain the positive operation report RL81. The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 by causing the output unit 338 to generate the control response signal SE81.

The method ML82 further includes a step: when the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET by making the first Under the condition that PB91 is determined by the three logics and determined by the processing unit 331, the processing unit 331 is based on the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. A first code difference DF81 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: When the control When the control signal SC81 is received by the input unit 337, the output unit 240 displays a first status indicator LB81, where the first status indicator LB81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in the first specific physical parameter range RD1E4 A first specific state XJ81 within a first specific state XJ81; and the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET by doing Under the condition that the third logical decision PB91 is determined by the processing unit 331, the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to change the first status indicator LB81 to a second status indicator LB82 based on the first code difference DF81. For example, the second state indicator LB82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in a second specific state XJ82 within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 is one of an electrical signal SP81 and an optical signal SQ81. The method ML82 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the electric signal SP81, the processing unit 331 obtains the control message CG81 from the electric signal SP81 that transmits a control message CG81, wherein the control message CG81 includes the control message CG81. The measured value target range code EM1T; and under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81, the input unit 337 determines an encoded data DY81 by sensing an encoded image FY81 sent by the optical signal SQ81, and The encoded data DY81 is decoded to cause the processing unit 331 to obtain the control message CG81. For example, the encoded image FY81 represents the control message CG81.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in the physical parameter due to the control signal SC81 Within the parameter target range RD1ET, the input unit 337 receives a user input operation BQ81; the processing unit 331 responds to the user input operation BQ81 to determine a specific input code UW81, wherein the specific input code UW81 is selected from the A plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ...; and under the condition that the specific input code UW81 is different from the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the processing unit 331 is based on the measurement value target being equal to the obtained measurement value target A second code difference DX81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A of the range code EM1T and the specific input code UW81 passes through the output unit 338 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter A second specific physical parameter range RD1E5 included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,...

In some embodiments, the step of sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A includes a sub-step: the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A in a restraining condition FR81 to generate the first sensing signal SN81. For example, the constraint condition FR81 is that the variable physical parameter QU1A is equal to a third specific physical parameter QU15 included in the rated physical parameter range RD1E. The step of obtaining the first measurement value VN81 in response to the first sensing signal SN81 includes a sub-step: the processing unit 331 estimates the third specific physical parameter QU15 to obtain the first measurement based on the first sensing signal SN81 Value VN81.

Since the variable physical parameter QU1A in the constraint condition FR81 is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the processing unit 331 recognizes that the first measurement value VN81 is an allowable value within the measurement value application range RN1L , To identify the first measured value VN81 and The first mathematical relationship KV81 between the measurement value application ranges RN1L is a numerical intersection relationship, and thereby determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is characterized based on the sensor sensitivity YW81 related to the sensing signal generation HF81, and is configured to comply with the sensor specification FU11. The sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW81, and a sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing a sensor measurement range RB8E. For example, the rated physical parameter range RD1E is configured to be the same as the sensor measurement range RB8E, or configured to be a part of the sensor measurement range RB8E. The sensor measurement range RB8E is related to a physical parameter sensing performed by the sensing unit 334. The measurement range of the sensor indicates that the GW8R is provided based on a first preset measurement unit. For example, the first preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an English measurement unit.

The rated measurement value range RD1N and the rated range limit value pair DD1A are based on the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E, the sensor measurement range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the first data encoding operation ZX81. The specified measurement value format HH81 is preset. The measurement value application range RN1L and the application range limit value pair DN1L are all based on the physical parameter application range representing GA8L, the sensor measurement range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81 and the second data encoding operation ZX82. The specified measurement value format HH81 is preset.

The measured value target range RN1T and the target range boundary The limit value for DN1T is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T, the sensor measuring range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the fourth data encoding operation ZX83 to use the specified measurement value format HH81. . The rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, the physical parameter application range represents GA8L, the physical parameter represents GA8T1, and the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T are all provided based on a second preset measurement unit. For example, the second preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an English measurement unit, and is the same as or different from the first preset measurement unit.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on the sensor measurement range RB8E. For example, the sensor measurement range represents GW8R, the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, the physical parameter application range represents GA8L, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, and the physical parameter represents GA8T1 are all decimal data types. The first measurement value VN81, the second measurement value VN82, the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the application range limit value pair DN1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T, and the control code CC1T all belong to the binary data type, and Both are suitable for computer processing. The sensor specification FU11 and the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 are both preset.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes the following steps: before the control signal SC81 is received by the input unit 337, the input unit 337 receives the preset application range limit value pair DN1L and a first memory location. A first write request message WN8L at address AM8L, wherein the first memory location YM8L is identified based on the first memory address AM8L, and the first memory address AM8L is based on the preset measurement value application range Code EM1L is preset; and where In response to the first write request message WN8L, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store the application range threshold pair DN1L of the first write request message WN8L to the first memory location YM8L.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: before the control signal SC81 is received by the input unit 337, the input unit 337 receives a second write request including the preset control code CC1T and a second memory address AX8T Message WC8T, where the second memory location YX8T is identified based on the second memory address AX8T, and the second memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T; and the In response to the second write request message WC8T, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store the control code CC1T of the second write request message WC8T in the second memory location YX8T.

Please refer to Figure 8 and Figure 9. FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9017 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9018 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, each of the implementation structure 9017 and the implementation structure 9018 includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337 and the output unit 338. The input unit 337 includes the first input component 3371, the second input component 3372, and the third input component 3373. The output unit 338 includes an output component 3381, an output component 3382 and an output component 3383. The sensing unit 334, the function target 335, the storage unit 332, the first input component 3371, the second input component 3372, the third input The component 3373, the output component 3381, the output component 3382, and the output component 3383 are all coupled to the processing unit 331, and are all controlled by the processing unit 331.

In some embodiments, the output component 3381 is further coupled to the functional target 335. The processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T within the operation time TF81. The output component 3381 responds to the signal generation control GY81 to execute the signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate the function signal SG81 within the operation time TF81. For example, the function signal SG81 is a control signal. The output component 3381 transmits the function signal SG81 to the function target 335. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the function signal SG81 is one of a pulse width modulation signal, a potential quasi signal, a driving signal, and a command signal.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 checks the second mathematical relationship KV91 to determine that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the processing unit 331 determines the positive operation report RL81 and causes the output unit 338 The control response signal SE81 that transmits the affirmative operation report RL81 is generated. The control response signal SE81 is one of an electrical signal LP81 and an optical signal LQ81. The output component 3382 is a transmitter. The output component 3383 is a light emitting component. For example, the processing unit 331 determines the current state of a physical parameter of the variable physical parameter QU1A within the physical parameter target range RD1ET by checking the second mathematical relationship KV91, and thereby identifies the variable physical parameter. A physical parameter relationship between the number QU1A and the physical parameter target range RD1ET is a physical parameter intersection relationship of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

Under the condition that the output component 3382 is configured to generate the control response signal SE81, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 3382 to transmit the positive operation report RL81 to the control device 212 based on the determined positive operation report RL81 The telecommunication number is LP81. Under the condition that the output component 3383 is configured to generate the control response signal SE81, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 3383 to generate the optical signal LQ81 that transmits the positive operation report RL81 based on the determined positive operation report RL81, Thereby, the control device 212 receives the generated optical signal LQ81 from the output component 3383. For example, the light emitting component is a display component. The optical signal LQ81 transmits an encoded image FZ81 representing the affirmative operation report RL81. For example, the coded image FZ81 is a coded image.

For example, the control device 212 is identified by a control device identifier HAOT. The control signal SC81 further conveys the control device identifier HA0T. The processing unit 331 obtains the control device identifier HA0T from the control signal SC81 in response to the control signal SC81, and based on the obtained control device identifier HA0T and the determined positive operation report RL81 to cause the output component 3382 to send The control device 212 transmits the electrical signal LP81 that conveys the affirmative operation report RL81.

In some embodiments, the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212 by wire or wirelessly. The control signal SC81 is one of the electrical signal SP81 and the optical signal SQ81. The first input component 3371 is a receiver, and the control signal SC81 is The electrical signal SP81 is received from the control device 212 under the condition of the electrical signal SP81. The second input component 3372 is a reader, and receives the optical signal SQ81 for delivering the encoded image FY81 from the control device 212 under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81. For example, the coded image FY81 is a coded image.

The function target 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. The input unit 337 further includes an input component 3374. The input component 3374 is coupled to the processing unit 331, is controlled by the processing unit 331, and receives a physical parameter signal SB81 from the control device 212 under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is provided by the control device 212. The function target 335 receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the input component 3374. The processing unit 331 causes the function target 335 to use the physical parameter signal SB81 through the output component 3381 to form the variable physical parameter QU1A depending on the physical parameter signal SB81. For example, the input component 3374 is a receiving component. The control device 212 transmits the physical parameter signal SB81 to the input component 3374 in a wired or wireless manner.

The physical parameter target range RD1ET has a preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 and a preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2 relative to the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1. The target range limit value pair DN1T includes a target range limit value DN17 of the measured value target range RN1T and a target range limit value DN18 relative to the target range limit value DN17. The preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 is represented by the target range limit value DN17. The preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2 is represented by the target range limit value DN18.

In some embodiments, the trigger event EQ81 is a state change event. The control device 212 includes an operating unit 297 and a state change detector 475 coupled to the operating unit 297. For example, the state change detector 475 is one of a limit detector and an edge detector. The limit detector is a limit switch. The state change detector 475 is configured to detect the arrival of a characteristic physical parameter related to a predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81 to the ZL82. The function object 335 includes a physical parameter application area AJ11. The physical parameter application area AJ11 has a variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is dependent on the variable physical parameter QU1A, and is characterized based on the predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81. For example, the physical parameter application area AJ11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environment area. The preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 is related to the variable physical parameter QU1A.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 uses the output unit 338 to make the function target 335 execute the designated function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. The designated function operation ZH81 is used to control the variable physical parameter QG1A, and cause the trigger event EQ81 to occur by changing the variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is configured to be in a variable physical state XA8A. For example, the operation unit 397 is controlled by the control device 212 so that the function target 335 executes the designated function operation ZH81.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the specific physical parameter range RD1E4, the designated functional operation ZH81 causes the variable physical parameter QG1A to reach the preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 to form the characteristic physical parameter to ZL82, and By forming the characteristic physical parameter Reach ZL82 to change the variable physical state XA8A from a non-characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA81 to an actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82. The state change detector 475 generates a trigger signal SX81 in response to the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82. For example, the actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82 is characterized based on the preset characteristic physical parameter UL81. The state change detector 475 generates the trigger signal SX81 in response to a state change event in which the variable physical parameter QG1A is changed from the non-characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA81 to the actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82.

For example, the trigger event EQ81 is the state change event in which the variable physical parameter QG1A enters the actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA82. The operating unit 297 receives the trigger signal SX81, and generates the control signal SC81 in response to the received trigger signal SX81. For example, under the condition that the state change detector 475 is the limit switch, the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82 is equal to a variable space position and the variable physical parameter QG1A reaches the preset characteristic equal to a preset limit position. A limit position of the physical parameter UL81 has been reached.

For example, the operating unit 297 obtains a control application code UA8T including at least one of the target range limit value pair DN1T and the measured value target range code EM1T in response to the received trigger signal SX81, and based on the control application code UA8T generates the control signal SC81 that transmits at least one of the target range limit value pair DN1T and the measured value target range code EM1T. For example, the function target 335 forms the variable physical parameter in the physical parameter application area AJ11 by executing the designated function operation ZH81 caused based on the variable physical parameter QU1A QG1A. Under the condition that the physical parameter application area AJ11 is coupled to the state change detector 475, the state change detector 475 detects that the characteristic physical parameter reaches the ZL82.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is a first variable electrical parameter, a first variable mechanical parameter, a first variable optical parameter, a first variable temperature, a first variable Voltage, a first variable current, a first variable electric power, a first variable resistor, a first variable capacitor, a first variable inductance, a first variable frequency, a first clock Time, a first variable length of time, a first variable brightness, a first variable light intensity, a first variable volume, a first variable data flow, a first variable amplitude, a first Variable space position, a first variable displacement, a first variable sequence position, a first variable angle, a first variable space length, a first variable distance, a first variable translation speed, One of a first variable angular velocity, a first variable acceleration, a first variable force, a first variable pressure, and a first variable mechanical power.

The operating unit 397 is configured to rely on the control signal SC81 to execute the physical parameter control function FA81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. The control target device 130 is one of a plurality of application devices. The physical parameter control function FA81 is one of a plurality of specific control functions, and the plurality of specific control functions include a light control function, a force control function, an electric control function, a magnetic control function, and any combination thereof. The plural application devices include a relay, a control switch device, a motor, a lighting device, a door, a vending machine, an energy converter, a load device, a timing device, a toy, an electrical appliance, a printing device, a Display device, a mobile device, a speaker, and any combination thereof.

The function target 335 is one of a plurality of application targets and is configured to perform a specific application function. The specific application function is one of the plural physical parameter application functions. The plural physical parameter application function includes a light use function, a force use function, an electricity use function, a magnetic use function, and any combination thereof. The plural application targets include an electronic component, an actuator, a resistor, a capacitor, an inductor, a relay, a control switch, a transistor, a motor, a lighting unit, an energy conversion unit, and a load unit , A certain time unit, a printing unit, a display target, a speaker and any combination thereof. For example, the functional target 335 is a physically achievable functional target.

For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QG1A belong to a physical parameter type TU11 and a physical parameter type TU1G, respectively. The physical parameter type TU11 is the same as or different from the physical parameter type TU1G. The preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 belongs to the physical parameter type TU1G. The function object 335 further includes a physical parameter formation area AU11 having the variable physical parameter QU1A. The physical parameter application area AJ11 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AU11. For example, the designated function operation ZH81 is used to drive the physical parameter application area AJ11 to form the characteristic physical parameter to ZL82. For example, the physical parameter formation area AU11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environment area. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from a time type.

The variable physical parameter QG1A is a variable electrical parameter, a variable mechanical parameter, a variable optical parameter, a variable temperature, a variable voltage, a variable current, a variable electric power, a variable Resistance, one variable capacitor, one variable inductance, one variable frequency, one clock time, one option Variable time length, one variable brightness, one variable light intensity, one variable volume, one variable data flow, one variable amplitude, one variable spatial position, one variable displacement, one variable sequence position, one possible One of a variable angle, a variable space length, a variable distance, a variable translation speed, a variable angular velocity, a variable acceleration, a variable force, a variable pressure, and a variable mechanical power. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is the same as or different from the variable physical parameter QG1A.

Please refer to Figure 10, Figure 11 and Figure 12. FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9019 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9020 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIGS. 10, 11, and 12, each of the implementation structure 9019, the implementation structure 9020, and the implementation structure 9021 includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337 and the output unit 338. The input unit 337, the output unit 338, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332 should all be controlled by the processing unit 331.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the first sensing signal SN81. For example, under the condition that the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the first sensing signal SN81. After the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 to cause the output unit 338 to generate the function signal SG81 within the operation time TF81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A To generate the second sensing signal SN82. For example, the sensing unit 334 is a time sensing unit, an electrical parameter sensing unit, a mechanical parameter sensing unit, an optical parameter sensing unit, a temperature sensing unit, a humidity sensing unit, and a motion sensing unit. One of the sensing unit and a magnetic parameter sensing unit.

The sensing unit 334 includes a sensing component 3341 coupled to the processing unit 331, and uses the sensing component 3341 to generate the first sensing signal SN81 and the second sensing signal SN82. The sensing component 3341 belongs to a sensor type 7341 and is one of the first plural application sensors. The first plural application sensor includes a first voltage sensor, a first current sensor, a first resistance sensor, a first capacitance sensor, a first inductance sensor, a First accelerometer, a first gyroscope, a first pressure transducer, a first strain gauge, a first timer, a first light detector, a first temperature sensor and a first Humidity sensor. For example, the sensing component 3341 generates a sensing signal component SN811. The first sensing signal SN81 includes the sensing signal component SN811.

The sensing unit 334 further includes a sensing component 3342 coupled to the processing unit 331, and uses the sensing component 3342 to generate the first sensing signal SN81 and the second sensing signal SN82. The sensor component 3342 belongs to a sensor type 7342 and is one of the second plural application sensors. The sensor type 7342 is different from or independent of the sensor type 7341. The second plural application sensor includes a second voltage sensor, a second current sensor, a second resistance sensor, a second capacitance sensor, a second inductance sensor, a Second accelerometer, a second gyroscope, a second pressure transducer, a second strain gauge, a second timer, a second light detector, a second temperature sensor and a second Humidity sensor.

For example, the sensing component 3342 generates a sensing signal component SN812. The first sensing signal SN81 further includes the sensing signal component SN812. For example, the sensing unit 334 belongs to a sensor type 734. The sensor type 734 is related to the sensor type 7341 and the sensor type 7342. For example, the sensing unit 334, the sensing component 3341, and the sensing component 3342 are an electric power sensing unit, a voltage sensor, and a current sensor, respectively. For example, the sensing unit 334, the sensing component 3341, and the sensing component 3342 are an inertial measurement unit, an accelerometer, and a gyroscope, respectively.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A depends on a variable physical parameter JA1A and a variable physical parameter JB1A different from the variable physical parameter JA1A. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A, the variable physical parameter JA1A, and the variable physical parameter JB1A are respectively a variable electric power, a variable voltage, and a variable current, and belong to a first physical parameter type, A second physical parameter type and a third physical parameter type. The second physical parameter type and the third physical parameter type are different or independent. The first physical parameter type depends on the second physical parameter type and the third physical parameter type. The sensing component 3341 senses the variable physical parameter JA1A to generate the sensing signal component SN811. The sensing component 3342 senses the variable physical parameter JB1A to generate the sensing signal component SN812.

The processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal component SN811 and the sensing signal component SN812. Under the condition that the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 responds to the sensing signal component SN811 and the sensing signal component SN812 to obtain the first measurement value VN81. For example, the processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value VN811 in response to the sensing signal component SN811, obtains a measurement value VN812 in response to the sensing signal component SN812, and executes one of the measurement value VN811 and the measurement value VN812. The MY81 is scientifically calculated to obtain the first measured value VN81. The scientific calculation MY81 is predetermined based on the first physical parameter type, the second physical parameter type, and the third physical parameter type.

Each physical parameter of the variable physical parameter JA1A and the variable physical parameter JB1A is a variable electrical parameter, a variable mechanical parameter, a variable optical parameter, a variable temperature, a variable voltage, and a variable electrical parameter. Variable current, one variable electric power, one variable resistor, one variable capacitor, one variable inductance, one variable frequency, one clock time, one variable time length, one variable brightness, one variable light intensity , A variable volume, a variable data flow, a variable amplitude, a variable space position, a variable displacement, a variable sequence position, a variable angle, a variable space length, a variable distance, One of a variable translation speed, a variable angular velocity, a variable acceleration, a variable force, a variable pressure, and a variable mechanical power.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with the sensor specification FU11. The sensing unit 334 generates the first sensing signal SN81 by executing the sensing signal generation HF81 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81. The function object 335 includes the physical parameter formation area AU11 having the variable physical parameter QU1A. Under the condition that the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 and the variable physical parameter QU1A exists in the physical parameter formation area AU11, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the first sensing Signal SN81. For example, the sensing unit 334 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11, or is located in the physical parameter formation area AU11. In the parameter formation area AU11. The processing unit 331 receives the first sensing signal SN81, and obtains the first measurement value VN81 in the designated measurement value format HH11 by processing the received first sensing signal SN81.

The processing unit 331 compares the first measurement value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L to perform a check for the first mathematical relationship between the first measurement value VN81 and the measurement value application range RN1L A check operation BV81 of KV81, and the first logical decision PB81 is made based on the check operation BV81. In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 processes the received first sensing signal SN81 to obtain a measurement value sequence JN81 including the first measurement value VN81. The processing unit 331 performs a check for checking a mathematical relationship KV85 between the measurement value sequence JN81 and the measurement value application range RN1L by comparing the measurement value sequence JN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L Operate BV85. The processing unit 331 makes the first logical decision PB81 based on the check operation BV85. For example, the inspection operation BV85 includes the inspection operation BV81.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 recognizes that the first measurement value VN81 is an allowable value VG81 within the measurement value application range RN1L based on the data comparison CD81, the processing unit 331 makes the first logical decision PB81 has become affirmative. Or, under the condition that the processing unit 331 recognizes that the first mathematical relationship KV81 is a numerical intersection relationship KW81, the processing unit 331 makes the first logical decision PB81 to become affirmative.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the measurement value target range from the control signal SC81 Code EM1T. The processing unit 331 performs a verification operation ZU81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A within the designated time TG82 after the operation time TF81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET into which the variable physical parameter QU1A enters based on the verification operation ZU81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to convert the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. For example, the verification operation ZU81 responds to the second sensing signal SN82 within the designated time TG82 after the operation time TF81 to obtain the second measured value VN82 in the designated measured value format HH81.

The verification operation ZU81 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T based on the obtained measurement value self-calibration range code EM1T, and checks the target range limit value pair DN1T by comparing the second measurement value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T The second mathematical relationship KV91 between the second measurement value VN82 and the measurement value target range RN1T is used to make the third logical decision PB91 whether the second measurement value VN82 is within the measurement value target range RN1T. Under the condition that the third logical decision PB91 is affirmative, the verification operation ZU81 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, or determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET into which the variable physical parameter QU1A enters .

Under the condition that the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 determines based on the verification operation ZU81 that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET , The processing unit 331 is based on the variable physical parameter range code equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 The first code difference DF81 between UN8A and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the verification operation ZU81 within the specified time TG82, the processing unit 331 executes equal to A data comparison CE8T between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A of the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. The processing unit 331 compares CE8T based on the data to determine the first code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. Under conditions, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the first code difference DF81 based on the data comparison CE8T, the processing unit 331 executes the guarantee operation GU81, and the guarantee operation GU81 is used to result in representing the determined target range of the physical parameter The physical parameter target range code UN8T of RD1ET is recorded by the storage unit 332. For example, the physical parameter target range code UN8T is equal to the obtained measured value target range code EM1T. The guarantee operation GU81 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

When the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the output component 3383 displays the first status indicator LB81. For example, the first state indicator LB81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured. The first specific state XJ81 placed within the first specific physical parameter range RD1E4. Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the specific measurement value range code EM14, and based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EM14, cause the output unit 338 to display the first The status indicates LB81.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the first code difference DF81 based on the data comparing CE8T, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 3383 to indicate the first status LB81 based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T Change to this second state to indicate LB82. For example, the second state indicator LB82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the second specific state XJ82 within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are both included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... The physical parameter target range RD1ET is the same as or different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and is the same as or different from the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the physical parameter application range RD1EL is a physical parameter candidate range.

The physical parameter target range RD1ET is configured to correspond to a corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET. The rated physical parameter range RD1E is equal to a range combination of the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, and includes the physical parameter application range RD1EL And the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The measurement value target range RN1T is configured to correspond to a corresponding measurement value range RX1T. The rated measurement value range RD1N is equal to a range combination of the measurement value target range RN1T and the corresponding measurement value range RX1T. The corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is represented by the corresponding measurement value range RX1T.

The measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L are both included in the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,... The measurement value target range RN1T is the same or different from the measurement value application range RN1L. The physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is represented by a measurement value candidate range RN12. The measurement value candidate range RN12 is different from the measurement value application range RN1L, and is the same as or different from the measurement value target range RN1T. The rated measurement value range RD1N includes the measurement value application range RN1L and the measurement value candidate range RN12. For example, the measurement value candidate range RN12 is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and the rated measurement value range RD1N. The measurement value application range RN1L is a measurement value candidate range. The rated measurement value range RD1N is preset based on the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E using the designated measurement value format HH81.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are separate or adjacent. Under the condition that the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are separated, the measurement value application range RN1L and the measurement value candidate range RN12 are separated. Under the condition that the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are adjacent, the The measurement value application range RN1L and the measurement value candidate range RN12 are adjacent. The plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... include the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, which are respectively represented by the plurality of different measured value reference ranges RN11, RN12,..., and are respectively represented by a complex number of physical parameter reference range codes.

The measurement value candidate range RN12 is represented by a measurement value candidate range code EM12 and has a candidate range threshold pair DN1B, whereby the measurement value candidate range code EM12 is configured to indicate the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. For example, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B includes a candidate range limit value DN13 and a candidate range limit value DN14 relative to the candidate range limit value DN13. The measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B are both preset. The plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... Contain the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... include the measurement value candidate range RN12, and are respectively represented by the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, .... For example, the plural physical parameter reference range codes are configured to be respectively equal to the plural different measured value reference range codes EM11, EM12,...

For example, the trigger application function specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GA82 for representing the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The measurement value candidate range RN12 and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B are based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA82, the sensor measurement range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the candidate range for converting the physical parameter A data encoding operation ZX84 representing GA82 is preset using the specified measurement value format HH81.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 is used to indicate the rated physical parameter range RD1E and the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... The rated measurement value range RD1N, the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the multiple different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,..., and the multiple different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... are all based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 is preset. The physical parameter control function FA81 is selected from multiple different physical parameter control functions. The storage unit 332 stores the physical parameter control function specification GAL8.

The processing unit 331 presets the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the application range limit value pair DN1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B,... according to the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The first sensing signal SN81 includes sensing data. For example, the sensing data belongs to the binary data type. The processing unit 331 obtains the first measurement value VN81 in the designated measurement value format HH81 based on the sensing data.

In some embodiments, the operating unit 397 is configured to rely on the control signal SC81 to execute the physical parameter control function FA81. The processing unit 331 makes the first logical decision PB81 whether the first measurement value VN81 is within the measurement value application range RN1L based on the check operation BV81 for the physical parameter control function FA81. Under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 checks the range relationship KE8A by comparing the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L to make It is reasonable to decide PW81.

For example, under the condition that the reasonable decision PW81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T to cause the output unit 338 to generate a signal for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the The function signal SG81 of the physical parameter target range RD1ET. Under the condition that the first logic determines that PB81 is negative, the processing unit 331 performs a scientific calculation MR82 using the determined measurement value application range code EM1L to determine to select from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, The measurement value candidate range code EM12 of EM12,... Is used to select the measurement value candidate range RN12 from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,...

The processing unit 331 obtains the candidate range limit value pair DN1B based on the determined measurement value candidate range code EM12, and compares based on a data between the first measurement value VN81 and the obtained candidate range limit value pair DN1B CD82 checks a mathematical relationship KV82 between the first measurement value VN81 and the selected measurement value candidate range RN12 to determine whether the first measurement value VN81 is within the selected measurement value candidate range RN12 A logic determines PB82. Under the condition that the logical decision PB82 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

Under the condition that the logical decision PB82 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 checks the measured value target range RN1T and the selected measured value target range RN1T by comparing the obtained measured value target range code EM1T with the determined measured value candidate range code EM12 A range relationship KE8B between the measured value candidate range RN12 to determine whether the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the determined measured value candidate range code EM12 are equal Decide PZ82. Under the condition that the logical decision PZ82 is negative, the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to generate the function signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the third input component 3373 included in the input unit 337 receives the The user inputs operation BQ81, and responds to the user input operation BQ81 to provide input data DH81 to the processing unit 331. The processing unit 331 performs a data encoding operation EA81 on the input data DH81 to determine the specific input code UW81. In response to determining the specific input code UW81, the processing unit 331 executes a check operation ZP81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to determine whether the determined specific input code UW81 is equal to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the specific input code UW81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to read the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the measured value target range code EM1T, and The checking operation ZP81 for checking an arithmetic relationship KP81 between the determined specific input code UW81 and the read measurement value target range code EM1T is performed. The check operation ZP81 is configured to compare the determined specific input code UW81 with the read target range code EM1T by executing a data comparison CE81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to determine the determined Whether the specific input code UW81 and the read target range code EM1T of the measured value are different.

In the processing unit 331 by performing the data comparison Under the condition that CE81 determines the second code difference DX81 between the determined specific input code UW81 and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measured value target range code EM1T, the processing unit 331 causes The output component 3381 performs a signal generation operation BY82 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate a function signal SG82. For example, the function signal SG82 is a control signal. The output component 3381 transmits the function signal SG82 to the function target 335.

The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG82 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the function signal SG82 is one of a pulse width modulation signal, a potential quasi signal, a driving signal, and a command signal. For example, the function target 335 responds to the function signal SG82 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the second specific physical parameter included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... Range RD1E5.

For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... include a specific measurement value range code EM15 that is different from the measurement value target range code EM1T. The specific measurement value range code EM15 is configured to indicate the second specific physical parameter range RD1E5. Between the determined specific input code UW81 being equal to the specific measurement value range code EM15 to cause the determined specific input code UW81 and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T With the second code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 determines the second code difference DX81 by performing the data comparison CE81, and in response to determining the second code difference DX81, causes the output unit 338 to generate the function News No. SG82. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG82 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the second specific physical parameter range RD1E5 included in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET.

For example, after the processing unit 331 causes the output component 3381 to perform the signal generation operation BY82, the processing unit 331 performs a verification operation related to the variable physical parameter QU1A within a specified time. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the second specific physical parameter range RD1E5 into which the variable physical parameter QU1A enters based on the verification operation, the processing unit 331 will be equal to the determined specific measurement value range code EM15. The input code UW81 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

Please refer to Figure 13, Figure 14, and Figure 15. FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9022 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9023 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9024 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 13, FIG. 14, and FIG. 15, each of the implementation structure 9022, the implementation structure 9023, and the implementation structure 9024 includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337 and the output unit 338.

In some embodiments, the storage unit 332 has the first memory location YM8L, and stores in the first memory location YM8L The limit value of the application range is DN1L. The first memory position YM8L is identified based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L. For example, the first memory location YM8L is identified based on the first memory address AM8L, or is identified by the first memory address AM8L.

The storage unit 332 has the third memory location YM8T and the second memory location YX8T different from the third memory location YM8T, and stores the target range limit value pair DN1T in the third memory location YM8T, and The second memory location YX8T stores the control code CC1T. For example, the third memory position YM8T and the second memory position YX8T are both identified based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The control code CC1T is preset based on the designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The third memory location YM8T is identified based on a memory address AM8T, or is identified by the memory address AM8T. The second memory location YX8T is identified based on the second memory address AX8T, or is identified by the second memory address AX8T. The first memory location YM8L is different from the second memory location YX8T.

The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YM82 and a memory location YX82 different from the memory location YM82. The candidate range limit value pair DN1B is stored in the memory location YM82, and a memory location YX82 is stored in the memory location YX82. Control code CC12. For example, the memory position YM82 and the memory position YX82 are both identified based on the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12. The control code CC12 is preset based on a designated physical parameter QD12 within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2.

For example, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a physical parameter representation GA812, and the physical parameter representation GA812 is used to indicate the designated physical parameter QD12 within the physical parameter target range RD1E2. The control code CC12 is preset based on the physical parameter representation GA812 and a data encoding operation ZX92 for converting the physical parameter representation GA812. The memory location YM82 is identified based on the memory address AM82, or is identified by the memory address AM82. The memory location YX82 is identified based on the memory address AX82, or is identified by the memory address AX82.

For example, the storage unit 332 further has a memory location YX8L, and stores a control code CC1L in the memory location YX8L. The memory location YX8L is identified based on a memory address AX8L, or is identified by the memory address AX8L. The control code CC1L is preset based on a designated physical parameter QD1L within the physical parameter application range RD1EL.

In some embodiments, the application range limit value pair DN1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T, and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B all belong to a measurement range limit data code type TN81. The measurement range limit data code type TN81 is identified by a measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81. The control code CC1T and the control code CC12 both belong to a control code type TC81. The control code type TC81 is identified by a control code type identifier HC81. The measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 and the control code type identifier HC81 are both preset.

The first memory address AM8L is based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L and the preset measurement range limit data The code type identifier HN81 is preset. The memory address AX8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L and the preset control code type identifier HC81. The second memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T and the preset control code type identifier HC81. The third memory address AM8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81. The memory address AM82 is preset based on the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81. The memory address AX82 is preset based on the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the preset control code type identifier HC81.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 determines the measurement value application range code EM1L in response to the control signal SC81, and obtains the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 in response to the control signal SC81, based on the determined The measurement value application range code EM1L and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 are used to obtain the first memory address AM8L, and the storage unit 332 is used based on the obtained first memory address AM8L The application range limit value pair DN1L stored in the first memory location YM8L is accessed to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L.

The processing unit 331 checks the first mathematical relationship KV81 based on the data comparison CD81 between the first measurement value VN81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L to determine whether the first measurement value VN81 is the correct value. The first logic within the selected measurement value application range RN1L determines PB81, and the first logic determines PB81 is affirmative Under the conditions, determine the current application range RD1EL of the physical parameter QU1A of the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines the current physical parameter status of the variable physical parameter QU1A within the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and thereby identifies the variable physical parameter. A physical parameter relationship between the parameter QU1A and the physical parameter application range RD1EL is a physical parameter intersection relationship of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently in the physical parameter application range RD1EL.

The processing unit 331 obtains the preset control code type identifier HC81 in response to the control signal SC81, and obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 obtains the second memory address AX8T based on the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the obtained control code type identifier HC81, And based on the obtained second memory address AX8T, the storage unit 332 is used to access the control code CC1T stored in the second memory location YX8T. The processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to execute the signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 based on the accessed control code CC1T to generate the function signal SG81, and the function signal SG81 is used to control the function The target 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The processing unit 331 obtains the third memory address AM8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81, and based on the obtained third memory address AM8T to use the storage unit 332 to access The target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the third memory location YM8T to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T. The processing unit 331 checks the second mathematical relationship KV91 between the second measured value VN82 and the measured value target range RN1T by comparing the second measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T. The third logical decision PB91 to determine whether the second measurement value VN82 is within the measurement value target range RN1T.

In some embodiments, before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the preset application range limit value pair DN1L and all The first write request message WN8L of the preset first memory address AM8L. For example, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the first write request message WN8L from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 responds to the first write request message WN8L to use the storage unit 332 to store the application range threshold pair DN1L of the first write request message WN8L to the first memory location YM8L.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the preset control code CC1T and the preset second memory address The second write request message WC8T of AX8T. For example, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the second write request message WC8T from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 responds to the second write request message WC8T to use the storage unit 332 to use the control code CC1T of the second write request message WC8T Store to the second memory location YX8T.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the preset application target threshold pair DN1T and the preset third A write request message WN8T of the memory address AM8T. For example, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the write request message WN8T from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 responds to the write request message WN8T to use the storage unit 332 to store the application target threshold pair DN1T of the write request message WN8T in the third memory location YM8T.

The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YN81, and stores the rated range limit value pair DD1A in the memory location YN81. The memory location YN81 is identified based on a memory address AN81, or is identified by the memory address AN81. For example, the memory address AN81 is preset. Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the preset limit value pair DD1A of the rated range and the preset memory position A write request message WD81 at address AN81. For example, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the write request message WD81 from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 responds to the write request message WD81 to use the storage unit 332 to store the rated range limit value pair DD1A of the write request message WD81 in the memory location YN81.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 is based on the determined measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the obtained measurement range boundary. Limit the data code type identifier HN81 to obtain the memory address AM82, and use the storage unit 332 based on the obtained memory address AM82 to access the candidate range threshold pair DN1B stored in the memory location YM82 To obtain the candidate range limit value pair DN1B.

In some embodiments, the second specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is represented by a specific measurement value range RN15. The specific measurement value range RN15 has a specific range limit value pair DN1E. The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YM85 and a memory location YX85 different from the memory location YM85. The memory location YM85 is identified based on a memory address AM85, and is preset based on the specific measurement value range code EM15 and the measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81. The memory location YX85 is identified based on a memory address AX85, and is preset based on the specific measurement value range code EM15 and the control code type identifier HC81.

The storage unit 332 stores the specific range limit value pair DN1E at the memory location YM85, and stores a control code CC15 at the memory location YX85. The specific range limit value pair DN1E is configured to represent the second specific physical parameter range RD1E5, and belongs to the measurement range limit data code type TN81. The control code CC15 belongs to the control code type TC81 and is preset based on a designated physical parameter QD5T within the second specific physical parameter range RD1E5. The target range code of the measured value obtained is EM1T

When the determined specific input code UW81 is equal to the preset specific measurement value range code EM15 to cause the determined specific input code UW81 and equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T Under the condition that the variable physical parameter range codes UN8A have the second code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 determines the second code difference DX81 by performing the data comparison CE11. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the second code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 determines the specific input code UW81 that is equal to the preset specific measurement value range code EM15 and the obtained control code type. Identifier HC81 to obtain the memory address AX85.

The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the control code CC15 stored in the memory location YX85 based on the obtained memory address AX85, and causes the output based on the accessed control code CC15 The unit 338 performs the signal generation operation BY82 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate the function signal SG82, and the function signal SG82 is used to control the function object 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the corresponding physical parameter The second specific physical parameter range RD1E5 in the range RY1ET.

In some embodiments, after the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to perform the signal generation operation BY82 to generate the function signal SG82 within an operating time TF82, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A To generate a sensing signal SN83. The processing unit 331 responds to the sensing signal SN83 at a specified time TG83 after the operating time TF82 to obtain a measurement value VN83. The processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the memory address AM85 based on the determined specific input code UW81 that is equal to the preset specific measurement value range code EM15 and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 , And based on the obtained memory address AM85 to use the storage unit 332 to store Take the specific range limit value pair DN1E stored in the memory location YM85.

The processing unit 331 checks a mathematical relationship KV83 between the measurement value VN83 and the specific measurement value range RN15 by comparing the measurement value VN83 with the obtained specific range limit value pair DN1E to determine the variable physical parameter Under the condition of the second specific physical parameter range RD1E5 that QU1A is currently in, the processing unit 331 determines based on the variable physical parameter range code UN8A and the specific input code equal to the preset specific measurement value range code EM15 A code difference between UW81 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the determined specific input code UW81 to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, the processing unit 331 determines the current state of a physical parameter of the variable physical parameter QU1A within the second specific physical parameter range RD1E5 by checking the mathematical relationship KV83, and thereby identifies the variable physical parameter QU1A and A physical parameter relationship between the second specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is a physical parameter intersection relationship of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently in the second specific physical parameter range RD1E5.

Please refer to Figure 16 and Figure 17. FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9025 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9026 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, each of the implementation structure 9025 and the implementation structure 9026 includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operating unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337, The output unit 338 and a timer 339 coupled to the processing unit 331.

In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 received by the input unit 337 conveys the control message CG81, and the control message CG81 includes the target range limit value pair DN1T, the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the control code CC1T, and The target range code of the measured value is EM1T. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81 due to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to execute the signal generation operation BY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T, and the signal generation operation BY81 It is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The processing unit 331 obtains the measured value target range code EM1T and the target range limit value pair DN1T from the received control signal SC81. In the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 determines the variable by comparing the second measurement value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T When the physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the processing unit 331 is based on the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. The first code difference DF81 between the two uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter status of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the physical parameter target range RD1ET by comparing the second measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T. And identify the variable physical parameters QU1A and A physical parameter relationship between the physical parameter target range RD1ET is a physical parameter intersection relationship of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the timer 339 is controlled by the processing unit 331 for measuring the variable time length LF8A, and is configured to comply with a timer specification FT11. The variable time length LF8A is further characterized based on a reference time length LJ8T. The control signal SC81 transmits the time length value CL8T representing the reference time length LJ8T. For example, the time length value CL8T is preset in a designated count value format HH91 based on the reference time length LJ8T and the timer specification FT11. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a time length representation GA8KJ. The length of time indicates that GA8KJ is used to indicate the length of reference time LJ8T. For example, the designated count value format HH91 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY91.

For example, the time length value CL8T is preset in the designated count value format HH91 based on the time length representation GA8KJ, the timer specification FT11, and a data encoding operation ZX8KJ for converting the time length representation GA8KJ. The processing unit 331 obtains the time length value CL8T from the control signal SC81, and checks the numerical relationship KJ81 between the obtained time length value CL8T and the time length value reference range GJ81 to make a control signal for the specific time The third logic of whether the counting operation of TJ8T BC8T is to be executed determines PE81.

In some embodiments, the time length value reference range GJ81 used to make the third logical decision PE81 has a time length range limit value pair LN8A, and represents the time length reference range HJ81. At that time The time length value reference range GJ81 is preset based on the time length reference range HJ81 and the timer specification FT11 in the designated count value format HH91. For example, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a time length reference range representing GA8HJ, and the time length reference range representing GA8HJ is used to represent the time length reference range HJ81. The time length reference range HJ81 and the time length range limit value pair LN8A are based on the time length reference range representing GA8HJ, the timer specification FT11, and a data encoding operation ZX8HJ used to convert the time length reference range representing GA8HJ to use the time length reference range representing GA8HJ. Specify the count value format HH91 and be preset.

The storage unit 332 stores the time length range limit value pair LN8A. The processing unit 331 obtains the time length range limit value pair LN8A from the storage unit 332 in response to the control signal SC81, and compares the obtained time length value CL8T with the obtained time length range limit value pair LN8A checks the numerical relationship KJ81 to make the third logical decision PE81.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 recognizes that the numerical relationship KJ81 is a numerical intersection relationship by checking the numerical relationship KJ81, the processing unit 331 makes the third logical decision PE81 to become affirmative. For example, the time length range limit value is preset for LN8A, and includes a time length range limit value LN81 of the time length value reference range GJ81 and a time length range limit value LN82 relative to the time length range limit value LN81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the reference time length LJ8T is included in the time length reference range HJ81 by comparing the obtained time length value CL8T with the obtained time length range limit value pair LN8A, the processing Unit 331 makes the third logical decision Set PE81 to become affirmative.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the third logic decision PE81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 causes the timer 339 to perform the counting operation BC8T based on the obtained time length value CL8T. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 reaches the specific time TJ8T based on the counting operation BC8T, and at the specific time Within TJ8T, the output unit 338 is caused to perform a signal generation operation BY91, and the signal generation operation BY91 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET.

For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 experiences an application time with an end time TZ8T based on the counting operation BC8T Length LT8T to reach the specific time TJ8T. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value candidate range different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T by executing a scientific calculation MK81 using the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T within the specific time TJ8T Code EM12. For example, the control device 212 determines the time length value CL8T based on the reference time length LJ8T and the timer specification FT11, and outputs the control signal SC81 based on the determined time length value CL8T. The control message CG81 further includes the time length value CL8T. The control signal SC81 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to have the application time length LT8T matching the reference time length LJ8T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AX82 based on the obtained measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the obtained control code type identifier HC81. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to read the control code CC12 stored in the memory location YX82 based on the acquired memory address AX82, and executes the control code CC12 based on the read control code CC12 A signal for controlling the output unit 338 is generated to control GY91. The output unit 338 responds to the signal generation control GY91 to execute the signal generation operation BY91 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate a function signal SG91, and the function signal SG91 is used to control the function object 335 to cause the variable physical The parameter QU1A enters a physical parameter candidate range RD2E2 included in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET. For example, the function signal SG91 is a control signal. The physical parameter candidate range RD2E2 is one of the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, and is different from the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

For example, under the condition that the third logical decision PE81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 causes the timer 339 to perform the counting operation BC8T based on the obtained time length value CL8T to reach the end time TZ8T. When the timer 339 reaches the end time TZ8T by executing the counting operation BC8T, the timer 339 transmits an interrupt request signal UH8T to the processing unit 331 to reach the specific time TJ8T. The processing unit 331 responds to the interrupt request signal UH8T within the specific time TJ8T to execute the scientific calculation MK81 using the obtained measured value target range code EM1T to obtain a value different from the obtained measured value target range code EM1T The measured value candidate range code is EM12. For example, the processing unit 331 recognizes the specific time TJ8T by receiving the interrupt request signal UH8T from the timer 339, and thereby experiences the application time length LT8T. The specific time TJ8T is adjacent to the end time TZ8T.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the rated physical parameter range RD1E. The rated physical parameter range RD1E includes the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, and is represented by the rated measurement value range RD1N. For example, the rated measurement value range RD1N includes the measurement value target range RN1T, the measurement value application range RN1L, and the measurement value candidate range RN12. The physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are respectively represented by the measurement value target range RN1T, the measurement value application range RN1L, and the measurement value candidate range RN12.

The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GA83 for representing the physical parameter candidate range RD1E3. The measurement value candidate range RN13 is based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA83, the sensor measurement range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a data encoding operation ZX87 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representing GA83 to use The designated measurement value format HH81 is preset, and is represented by a measurement value candidate range code EM13 included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,...

The physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are different. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is the same as or different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is the same as or different from the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The measurement value application range RN1L and the measurement value candidate range RN12 are different. The measurement value target range RN1T is the same or different from the measurement value application range RN1L. The measurement value target range RN1T is the same as or different from the measurement value candidate range RN12.

In some embodiments, the rated physical parameter range RD1E of the variable physical parameter QU1A includes the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... The plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... include the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The variable physical parameter QU1A is in one of a plurality of different reference states based on the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... The plurality of different reference states includes a first reference state, a second reference state, and a third reference state, whereby the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized by a variable current state. The variable current state is one of the plurality of different reference states.

For example, the first reference state and the second reference state are complementary. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the first reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the second reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the third reference state. The third reference state is the same or different from the first reference state. The third reference state is the same or different from the second reference state.

The control code CC1T transmitted by the control signal SC81 and the control code CC1T stored by the storage unit 332 are preset based on the designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to perform the signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 based on the obtained control code CC1T to generate the Function signal SG81.

The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to change from a current state to the third reference state, or responds to the function signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to change from a first specific physical parameter QU17 changes to a second specific physical parameter QU18. For example, the current state is one of the first reference state and the second reference state. The first specific physical parameter QU17 is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL or within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The second specific physical parameter QU18 is within the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter. For example, the first specific physical parameter QU17 is within the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET.

In some embodiments, the plurality of different reference states respectively cause the functional target 335 to be in a plurality of different functional states. The plurality of different functional states are different, and include a first functional state, a second functional state, and a third functional state. For example, the first functional state and the second functional state are complementary. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the functional object 335 is in the first functional state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, the functional target 335 is in the The second functional state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the functional object 335 is in the third functional state. The third functional state is the same or different from the first functional state. The third functional state is the same or different from the second functional state.

For example, the measured value target range code EM1T is a measured value reference range number. The measured value target range RN1T is arranged in the rated measured value range RD1N based on the measured value target range code EM1T. The measurement value application range code EM1L is a measurement value reference range number. The measurement value application range RN1L is arranged in the rated measurement value range RD1N based on the measurement value application range code EM1L. The measurement value candidate range code EM12 is a measurement value reference range number. The measurement value candidate range RN12 is arranged in the rated measurement value range RD1N based on the measurement value candidate range code EM12.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter application range RD1EL is the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range. The other of the parameter range. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable voltage, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high voltage range and a relatively low voltage range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable current, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high current range and a relatively low current range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable resistance, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high resistance range and a relatively low resistance range, respectively.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable brightness, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high brightness range and a relatively low brightness range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable light intensity, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high light intensity range and a relatively low light intensity range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable volume, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high volume range and a relatively low volume range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable angular velocity, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high angular velocity range and a relatively low angular velocity range, respectively.

For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another. For example, the physical parameter application range RD1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the first specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range One of them. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the second specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is the relatively high physical parameter range. The other of the parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control target device 130 is a relay, the function target 335 is a control switch. Under the condition that the functional target 335 is the control switch, the control switch has a variable switch state and is in one of an on state and an off state based on the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the variable switch state is equal to one of the on state and the off state, and the on state and the off state are complementary. The on state is one of the first functional state and the second functional state, and the off state is the other of the first functional state and the second functional state.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 recognizes that the variable current state is a specific state different from the third reference state, and thereby generates the function signal SG81. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET, so the variable current state is changed to the third reference state. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the second code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to generate the function signal SG82. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG82 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the second specific physical parameter range RD1E5 included in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from the physical parameter target range RD1ET; therefore, in the second Under the condition that the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is equal to the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, the variable current state is changed to the second reference state.

For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable current. The physical parameter application range RD1EL, the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and the physical parameter target range RD1ET are respectively a first current reference range, a second current reference range, and a third current reference range. The control code CC1L is preset based on a first designated current within the first current reference range. The control code CC12 is preset based on a second designated current within the second current reference range. The control code CC1T is preset based on a third specified current within the third current reference range.

The time length value CL8T is preset in the designated count value format HH91 based on the time length representation GA8KJ, the timer specification FT11, and the data encoding operation ZX8KJ. Under the condition that the third logic decision PE81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 causes the timer 339 to perform the counting operation BC8T based on the obtained time length value CL8T. Under the condition that the first variable current is configured to be within the third current reference range due to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 experiences the application time length LT8T based on the counting operation BC8T to reach the specific time TJ8T, whereby the first variable current is maintained within the third current reference range within the application time length LT8T related to the counting operation BC8T.

For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is a variable rotational speed, the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, and the physical parameter target range RD1ET are respectively a first rotational speed reference range and a second rotational speed reference range. The rotational speed reference range and a third rotational speed reference range. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is a variable temperature, the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, and the physical parameter target range RD1ET are respectively a first temperature reference range and a second temperature reference Range and a third temperature reference range.

Please refer to Figure 18. FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9027 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 18, the implementation structure 9027 includes the control device 212, the control target device 130, and a server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operating unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337, the output unit 338, and a timer 340 coupled to the processing unit 331. The timer 340 is controlled by the processing unit 331.

In some embodiments, the input component 3374 included in the input unit 337 is coupled to the processing unit 331, and receives from the control device 212 under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is provided by the control device 212. Receive the physical parameter signal SB81. The function target 335 receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the input component 3374. The processing unit 331 causes the functional target 335 to use the physical parameter signal SB81 to form the variable physical parameter QU1A depending on the physical parameter signal SB81.

The control device 212 includes the operating unit 297, a storage unit 250 coupled to the operating unit 297, and a sensing unit 560 coupled to the operating unit 297. The operating unit 297 performs one of a reading operation BR81 and a sensing operation BZ81 to output the physical parameter signal SB81. The reading operation BR81 reads a physical parameter data record DU81 stored in one of the storage unit 250 and the server 280. The sensing unit 560 senses a variable physical parameter QL1A by performing the sensing operation BZ81 to cause the operation unit 297 to output the physical Parameter signal SB81. For example, the sensing unit 560 is controlled by the operating unit 297 to sense the variable physical parameter QL1A.

For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A belongs to the physical parameter type TU11. The variable physical parameter QL1A belongs to a physical parameter type TL11. The physical parameter type TU11 is the same or different from the physical parameter type TL11. The control device 212 is in an application environment EX81. One of the control device 212 and the application environment EX81 has the variable physical parameter QL1A. The physical parameter data record DU81 is provided in advance based on a variable physical parameter QY1A. The variable physical parameter QY1A belongs to the physical parameter type TL11. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from a time type.

In some embodiments, the functional object 335 includes a driving circuit 3355 and a physical parameter forming part 3351 coupled to the driving circuit 3355. The physical parameter forming part 3351 is used to form the variable physical parameter QU1A, and includes the physical parameter forming area AU11. The driving circuit 3355 is coupled to the input component 3374 and the output component 3381, and is controlled by the processing unit 331 through the output component 3381. The driving circuit 3355 receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the input component 3374, receives the function signal SG81 from the output component 3381, and responds to the function signal SG81 to process the physical parameter signal SB81 to output a driving signal SL81.

The physical parameter forming part 3351 receives the driving signal SL81, and responds to the driving signal SL81 to make the variable physical parameter QU1A within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, under the condition that the reasonable decision PW81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 240 to perform the signal generation operation for the physical parameter control function FA81. It is used as BY81 to provide the function signal SG81 to the driving circuit 3355. The driving circuit 3355 responds to the function signal SG81 to drive the physical parameter forming part 3351 so that the variable physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the rated measurement value range RD1N is configured to have a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,.... For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... have a total number of reference ranges NT81, and include the measurement value target range RN1T. For example, the total number of reference ranges NT81 is preset. The storage unit 332 stores the rated range limit value pair DD1A. The processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the total reference range number NT81 from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332, obtain the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81, and respond to the control signal SC81 The rated range limit value pair DD1A is obtained from the storage unit 332.

The processing unit 331 executes the first scientific calculation MR81 based on the first measurement value VN81, the obtained total reference range number NT81, and the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A to obtain a reference range from the plurality of different measurement values. Select the measurement value application range code EM1L from the codes EM11, EM12,... to determine the measurement value application range code EM1L. For example, the first scientific calculation MR81 is pre-constructed based on the preset total reference range number NT81 and the preset rated range limit value pair DD1A.

The processing unit 331 performs the second scientific calculation based on the determined measurement value application range code EM1L, the obtained total reference range number NT81, and the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A MZ81 obtains the application range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the second scientific calculation MZ81 is pre-constructed based on the preset total reference range number NT81 and the preset rated range limit value pair DD1A.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 responds to the signal generation control GY81 executed within the operation time TF81 to cause the timer 340 to perform a counting operation BE81. The processing unit 331 arrives at the designated time TG82 based on the counting operation BE81, and responds to the second sensing signal SN82 at the designated time TG82 to obtain the second measured value VN82.

The variable physical parameter QL1A is a second variable electrical parameter, a second variable mechanical parameter, a second variable optical parameter, a second variable temperature, a second variable voltage, a second variable Variable current, a second variable electric power, a second variable resistor, a second variable capacitor, a second variable inductance, a second variable frequency, a second clock time, a second Variable time length, a second variable brightness, a second variable light intensity, a second variable volume, a second variable data flow, a second variable amplitude, a second variable spatial position, a Second variable displacement, a second variable sequence position, a second variable angle, a second variable space length, a second variable distance, a second variable translation speed, a second variable angular velocity , One of a second variable acceleration, a second variable force, a second variable pressure, and a second variable mechanical power.

The variable physical parameter QY1A is a third variable electrical parameter, a third variable mechanical parameter, a third variable optical parameter, a third variable temperature, a third variable voltage, and a third variable electrical parameter. Variable current, a third variable electric power, a third variable resistor, a third variable capacitor, a third Variable inductance, a third variable frequency, a third clock time, a third variable time length, a third variable brightness, a third variable light intensity, a third variable volume, a first Three variable data flow, one third variable amplitude, one third variable space position, one third variable displacement, one third variable sequence position, one third variable angle, one third variable space length , A third variable distance, a third variable translation speed, a third variable angular velocity, a third variable acceleration, a third variable force, a third variable pressure and a third variable mechanism One of power.

Please refer to Figure 19. FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9028 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 19, the implementation structure 9028 includes the control device 212, the control target device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212, the control target device 130, and the server 280 are all coupled to a network 410. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280 through the network 410. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337 and the output unit 338. The control device 212 transmits the control signal SC81 to the control target device 130 through the network 410. The control target device 130 transmits the control response signal SE81 to the control device 212 through the network 410.

In some embodiments, the preset measurement value target range code EM1T is a measurement value reference range number. The stored variable physical parameter range code UN8A is a variable physical parameter range number. The control signal SC81 conveys a relative reference range code ZB81. For example, the relative reference range code ZB81 is a relative reference range number. The processing unit 331 from The control signal SC81 obtains the relative reference range code ZB81, and accesses the variable physical parameter equal to a measured value reference range code EB81 by using the storage unit 332 under the condition that the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 Range code UN8A. The processing unit 331 performs a scientific calculation MU81 based on the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 and the accessed measurement value reference range code EB81 to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, the scientific calculation MU81 uses the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 and the accessed measurement value reference range code EB81.

For example, the processing unit 331 obtains the preset measurement value target range code EM1T by adding the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 and the accessed measurement value reference range code EB81. The control signal SC81 transmits the relative reference range code ZB81 to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T. The processing unit 331 executes the acquisition of AD8A using the obtained data of the measured value target range code EM1T to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T. Under the condition that the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the processing unit 331 is based on The first code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A of the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T uses the storage unit 332 to store the obtained measurement value The target range code EM1T is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, the relative reference range code ZB81 is equal to one of a relative value VK81 and a relative value VK82. The relative value VK82 is different from the relative value VK81. For example, the relative value VK81 is positive Than 1, or equal to 1. The relative value VK82 is proportional to (-1), or equal to (-1). In a first specific case, the relative reference range code ZB81 is equal to the relative value VK81. For example, the relative value VK81 is configured to be equal to a positive integer. In a second specific case, the relative reference range code ZB81 is equal to the relative value VK82. For example, the relative value VK82 is configured to be equal to a negative integer.

The physical parameter target range RD1ET has a first specific physical parameter range limit and a second specific physical parameter range limit relative to the first specific physical parameter range limit. In the first specific case, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the relative reference range code ZB81 equal to the relative value VK81 from the control signal SC81, and causes it based on the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 The variable physical parameter QU1A has a first physical quantity change to change the variable current state of the variable physical parameter QU1A.

For example, in the first specific case, the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to pass from the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET through the first specific physical parameter range boundary based on the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 to enter The physical parameter target range is RD1ET. The first specific physical parameter range limit is one of the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 and the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2. For example, in the first specific case, the first physical quantity change is one of a first physical increment and a first physical decrement.

In the second specific case, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the relative reference range code ZB81 equal to the relative value VK82 from the control signal SC81, and causes it based on the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 The variable physical parameter QU1A has the same A physical quantity change opposite to a second physical quantity change to change the variable current state of the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, in the second specific case, the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to pass from the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET through the second specific physical parameter range boundary based on the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 to enter The physical parameter target range is RD1ET.

The second specific physical parameter range limit is the other of the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 and the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2. For example, in the second specific case, the second physical quantity change is one of a second physical increment and a second physical decrement. For example, the relative reference range code ZB81 in the second specific case is different from the relative reference range code ZB81 in the first specific case.

Please refer to Figure 20, Figure 21, Figure 22 and Figure 23. FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9029 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9030 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9031 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9032 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in Figures 20, 21, 22, and 23, each of the implementation structure 9029, the implementation structure 9030, the implementation structure 9031, and the implementation structure 9032 includes the control device 212 and the control Target device 130. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337, the The output unit 338 and a timer 342 coupled to the processing unit 331.

In some embodiments, the timer 342 is controlled by the processing unit 331 and used to measure a clock time TH1A. The timer 342 is configured to comply with a timer specification FT21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to the clock time TH1A. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a plurality of different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,.... The plural different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,... are respectively represented by plural time value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12,..., and are arranged based on a preset time reference interval sequence QB81. The plural time value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12,... are arranged based on the preset time reference interval sequence QB81.

The complex time value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12,... are preset based on the timer specification FT21 using a designated count value format HH95, and are represented by complex time value reference range codes EL11, EL12,..., respectively. The storage unit 332 further has a plurality of different memory locations YS81, YS82,..., and stores a plurality of physical parameter designated range codes UQ11, UQ12,... in the plurality of different memory locations YS81, YS82,..., respectively. The plural different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,... are respectively represented by plural time reference interval codes. For example, the plural time reference interval codes are configured to be respectively equal to the plural time value reference range codes EL11, EL12,.... Therefore, the plural time value reference range codes EL11, EL12,... are configured to respectively indicate the plural different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,.... For example, the designated count value format HH95 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY95.

The complex time value reference range codes EL11, EL12, ... include a time value target range code EL1T and a time value candidate range code EL12. The plural different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,... include a time target interval HR1ET and a time candidate interval HR1E2. The time value target range code EL1T and the time value candidate range code EL12 are configured to respectively indicate the time target interval HR1ET and the time candidate interval HR1E2. The complex time value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12,... include a time value target range RQ1T and a time value candidate range RQ12. The time target interval HR1ET and the time candidate interval HR1E2 are respectively represented by the time value target range RQ1T and the time value candidate range RQ12.

In some embodiments, the plurality of different memory locations YS81, YS82, ... are respectively identified based on the plurality of time value reference range codes EL11, EL12, .... For example, the plural different memory locations YS81, YS82,... are respectively identified based on the plural memory addresses AS81, AS82,..., or are respectively identified by the plural memory addresses AS81, AS82,.... The plural memory addresses AS81, AS82,... are preset based on the plural time value reference range codes EL11, EL12,..., respectively. For example, the clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a rated time interval HR1E. The rated time interval HR1E includes the plurality of different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,..., and is represented by a rated time value range HR1N. The rated time value range HR1N includes the plural time value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12,..., and is preset based on the rated time interval HR1E and the timer specification FT21 using the designated count value format HH95.

For example, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a rated time interval representing GA8HE and a time reference interval representing GA8HR. The rated time interval indicates that GA8HE is used to indicate the rated time interval HR1E. The time reference interval indicates that GA8HR is used to indicate the complex number Different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,.... The rated time value range HR1N is preset based on the rated time interval representing GA8HE, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8HE for converting the rated time interval representing GA8HE to use the designated count value format HH95. The complex time value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, ... are based on the time reference interval representing GA8HR, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8HR for converting the time reference interval representing GA8HR to use the designated count value format HH95. Preset.

The complex physical parameter designated range codes UQ11, UQ12, ... are configured to be stored based on the complex time value reference range codes EL11, EL12, ... respectively, and include a physical parameter target range code UQ1T and a physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 . The multiple physical parameter designated range codes UQ11, UQ12,... are all selected from the multiple different measured value reference range codes EM11, EM12,.... The physical parameter target range code UQ1T represents a physical parameter target range RK1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be within the time target interval HR1ET, and is configured to be stored in a memory based on the time value target range code EL1T Body position YS8T. The memory location YS8T is identified based on a memory address AS8T. The complex time value reference range codes EL11, EL12,... are all preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8.

The physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 represents a physical parameter candidate range RK1E2 that the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be in the time candidate interval HR1E2, and is configured to be stored in a memory based on the time value candidate range code EL12 Body position YS82. The memory location YS82 is identified based on a memory address AS82. The physical parameters Both the target range RK1ET and the physical parameter candidate range RK1E2 are selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... For example, the time candidate interval HR1E2 is adjacent to the time target interval HR1ET.

For example, under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measured value target range code EM1T, the physical parameter target range RK1ET is the same as the physical parameter target range RD1ET. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ12 is equal to the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12, the physical parameter candidate range RK1E2 is the same as the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. For example, there is a preset time interval between the time target interval HR1ET and the time candidate interval HR1E2.

In some embodiments, when the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 transmits the preset target range code EL1T of the time value. The processing unit 331 obtains the transmitted time value target range code EL1T from the control signal SC81, obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained time value target range code EL1T, and based on the obtained memory address AS8T To access the physical parameter target range code UQ1T stored in the memory location YS8T to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

For example, under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the control signal SC81 transmits the preset time value target range code EL1T to indicate the measurement The role of the value target range RN1T. The processing unit 331 executes the data acquisition using the acquired measurement value target range code EM1T Take AD8A to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 determines the condition of the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by comparing the first measured value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L Next, the processing unit 331 checks the range between the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L by comparing the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L The relationship KE8A is to make the second logical decision PY81 whether the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L are equal. Under the condition that the second logic decision PY81 is negative, the processing unit 331 identifies the range relationship KE8A as the range difference relationship to determine the range difference DS81. For example, the processing unit 331 obtains the predetermined application range limit value pair DN1L based on the determined measurement value application range code EM1L.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 determines the condition of the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by comparing the first measured value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L Next, the processing unit 331 compares the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T with the determined measurement value application range code EM1L to make the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the determined measurement value. The second logic of whether the application range codes EM1L are equal determines PZ81. Under the condition that the second logic decision PZ81 is negative, the processing unit 331 identifies the range relationship KE8A as the range difference relationship to determine the range difference DS81.

The processing unit 331 determines the range difference of DS81 Under conditions, the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 for generating the function signal SG81 within the operation time TF81. The function signal SG81 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RK1ET which is the same as the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The processing unit 331 executes the verification operation ZU81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A within the designated time TG82 after the operation time TF81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in based on the verification operation ZU81 within the specified time TG82, the processing unit 331 executes a range code equal to the specific measurement value The data comparison between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A of EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T is CE8T.

The processing unit 331 compares CE8T based on the data to determine the first code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. Under conditions, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, the timer 342 is configured to represent the time target interval HR1ET by using the time value target range RQ1T, and is configured to represent the time candidate interval HR1E2 by using the time value candidate range RQ12 . The control signal SC81 further conveys a clock reference time value NR81 representing a clock reference time TR81. For example, the clock reference time TR81 is close to a current time. For example, a time difference between the clock reference time TR81 and the current time is a preset time Within the length. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset in the designated count value format HH95 based on the clock reference time TR81 and the timer specification FT21.

The control message CG81 includes the time value target range code EL1T and the clock reference time value NR81. For example, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a clock time representing GA8TR. The clock time representing GA8TR is used to represent the clock reference time TR81. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset in the designated count value format HH95 based on the clock time representation GA8TR, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8TR for converting the clock time representation GA8TR.

The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the clock reference time value NR81 from the control signal SC81. For example, the operating unit 297 included in the control device 212 is configured to obtain the preset time value target range code EL1T and the preset clock reference time value NR81, and based on the obtained clock reference time The value NR81 and the obtained target range code EL1T of the time value are used to output the control signal SC81 for conveying the control message CG81.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 causes the timer 342 to start within a starting time TT82 based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81, and thereby causes the timer 342 to be within the starting time TT82 Generate a clock time signal SY80. The clock time signal SY80 is an initial time signal, and transmits an initial count value NY80 in the designated count value format HH95. For example, the initial count value NY80 is equal to the clock reference time value NR81.

For example, the timer 342 is configured to have a variable counter The value NY8A. Under the condition that the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 for delivering the clock reference time value NR81 from the control device 212, the processing unit 331 starts the timer 342 for execution based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81 A count operation BD81 in the physical parameter control function FA81 changes the variable count value NY8A. The variable count value NY8A is configured to be equal to the initial count value NY80 within the start time TT82, and is provided in the designated count value format HH95. For example, the initial count value NY80 is configured to be the same as the obtained clock reference time value NR81.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 reaches a specified time TY81 based on the counting operation BD81. Within the designated time TY81, the timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A to cause the variable count value NY8A to be equal to a specific count value NY81, and thereby generates a clock time signal SY81 that transmits the specific count value NY81.

The processing unit 331 obtains the specific count value NY81 from the clock time signal SY81 in the specified count value format HH95 within the specified time TY81, and uses the time value target obtained by execution within the specified time TY81 A scientific calculation of the range code EL1T is MK85 to obtain the time value candidate range code EL12 in order to check a mathematical relationship KQ81 between the obtained specific count value NY81 and the time value candidate range RQ12.

In some embodiments, the time value target range RQ1T has a target range limit value pair DQ1T. The target range limit value pair DQ1T includes a target range limit value DQ17 and a target range limit value DQ18 relative to the target range limit value DQ17. The time value target range RQ1T and the target range limit value pair DQ1T are preset based on the time target interval HR1ET and the timer specification FT21 using the designated count value format HH95. The time value candidate range RQ12 has a candidate range limit value pair DQ1B. The candidate range limit value pair DQ1B includes a candidate range limit value DQ13 and a candidate range limit value DQ14 relative to the candidate range limit value DQ13. The time value candidate range RQ12 and the candidate range limit value pair DQ1B are preset based on the time candidate interval HR1E2 and the timer specification FT21 using the designated count value format HH95.

For example, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a time candidate interval representing GA8HT and a time candidate interval representing GA8H2. The time candidate interval indicates that GA8HT is used to indicate the time target interval HR1ET. The candidate time interval indicates that GA8H2 is used to indicate the candidate time interval HR1E2. The time value target range RQ1T and the target range limit value pair DQ1T are based on the time candidate interval representing GA8HT, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8HT for converting the time candidate interval representing GA8HT to use the designated count value The format HH95 is preset. The time value candidate range RQ12 and the candidate range limit value pair DQ1B are based on the time candidate interval representing GA8H2, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8H2 for converting the time candidate interval representing GA8H2 to use the designated count value The format HH95 is preset.

For example, within the designated time TY81, the physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 is equal to the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12. The storage unit 332 stores the target range limit value pair DQ1T and The candidate range limit value is DQ1B. The target range limit value pair DQ1T and the candidate range limit value pair DQ1B are stored in the storage unit 332 based on the time value target range code EL1T and the time value candidate range code EL12, respectively.

The processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the candidate range limit value pair DQ1B from the storage unit 332 based on the obtained time value candidate range code EL12 within the specified time TY81, and to compare the obtained specific counter value. The numerical value NY81 and the obtained candidate range limit value pair DQ1B are used to perform a check operation ZQ81 for checking the mathematical relationship KQ81 between the specific count value NY81 and the time value candidate range RQ12. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the time candidate interval HR1E2 that the clock time TH1A is currently in based on the checking operation ZQ81 within the specified time TY81, the processing unit 331 is based on the obtained time value candidate range code EL12 To obtain the memory address AS82, and access the physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 stored in the memory location YS82 based on the obtained memory address AS82 within the specified time TY81 to obtain the physical parameter candidate Range code UQ12.

For example, the processing unit 331 determines a time situation of the clock time TH1A currently within the time candidate interval HR1E2 based on the check operation ZQ81, and thereby identifies a time between the clock time TH1A and the time candidate interval HR1E2 The relationship is a time intersection relationship of the clock time TH1A currently within the time candidate interval HR1E2. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 from the memory position YS82, the processing unit 331 executes a check operation for the physical parameter control function FA81 within the specified time TY81 ZP85 determines whether the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 is equal to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 from the memory position YS82, the processing unit 331 reads the target range code equal to the measured value by using the storage unit 332 The variable physical parameter range code UN8A of EM1T, and execute the check operation ZP85 for checking an arithmetic relationship KP85 between the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 and the read target range code EM1T of the measured value . The checking operation ZP85 is configured to compare the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 with the read target range code EM1T by executing a data comparison CE85 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to determine the measured value target range code EM1T. Whether the obtained candidate range code UQ12 of the physical parameter is different from the read target range code EM1T of the measured value.

The processing unit 331 performs the data comparison CE85 to determine a code between the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measured value target range code EM1T Under the condition of the difference DX85, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 3381 to perform a signal generation operation BY85 for the physical parameter control function FA81 within the specified time TY81 to generate a function signal SG85. For example, the function signal SG85 is a control signal. The output component 3381 transmits the function signal SG85 to the function target 335. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG85 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, in the processing unit 331 from the record Under the condition that the memory position YS12 obtains the physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 equal to the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12, the function target 335 responds to the function signal SG85 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the same The physical parameter candidate range RK1E2 of the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 includes the operating unit 297 and the state change detector 475 coupled to the operating unit 297. The plural physical parameter designated range codes UQ11, UQ12, ... belong to a physical parameter designated range code type TS81. The physical parameter designated range code type TS81 is identified by a physical parameter designated range code type identifier HS81. The physical parameter specifies the range code type identifier HS81 to be preset. The memory address AS8T is preset based on the preset physical parameter designated range code type identifier HS81 and the preset time value target range code EL1T. The memory address AS82 is preset based on the preset physical parameter designation range code type identifier HS81 and the preset time value candidate range code EL12.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the operation unit 297 is configured to obtain the preset physical parameter target range code UQ1T, the preset physical parameter designated range code type identifier HS81, and the preset physical parameter specified range code type identifier HS81. The time value target range code EL1T is obtained in advance based on the obtained physical parameter designated range code type identifier HS81 and the obtained time value target range code EL1T to obtain the memory address AS8T. The operating unit 297 provides a write request message WS8T to the input unit 337 based on the acquired physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the acquired memory address AS8T. The write request message WS8T contains The obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the obtained memory address AS8T.

For example, before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the input unit 337 receives the write request message WS8T from the operation unit 297. The processing unit 331 obtains the included physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the included memory address AS8T from the received write request message WS8T, and based on the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the obtained The memory address AS8T is used to use the storage unit 332 to store the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T in the memory location YS8T.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the operation unit 297 is configured to obtain the physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 and the preset time value candidate range code EL12, and specify in advance based on the obtained physical parameter The range code type identifier HS81 and the obtained time value candidate range code EL12 are used to obtain the memory address AS82. The processing unit 331 provides a write request message WS82 to the input unit 337 based on the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 and the obtained memory address AS82. The write request message WS82 includes the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 and the obtained memory address AS82.

For example, before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the input unit 337 receives the write request message WS82 from the operating unit 29. The processing unit 331 obtains the included physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 and the included memory address AS82 from the received write request message WS82, and based on the obtained physical parameter candidate range The peripheral code UQ12 and the obtained memory address AS82 are used to use the storage unit 332 to store the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 in the memory location YS82.

Please refer to Figure 24, Figure 25 and Figure 26. FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9033 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9034 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9035 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 24, FIG. 25, and FIG. 26, each of the implementation structure 9033, the implementation structure 9034, and the implementation structure 9035 includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130. The control device 212 includes the operating unit 297 and the state change detector 475. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the storage unit 332, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and a function target 735. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337 and the output unit 338.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 further includes a function target 735 coupled to the operating unit 397 and a multiplexer 363 coupled to the operating unit 397. The function object 735 is coupled to the output unit 338 and includes a physical parameter formation area AU21. The physical parameter formation area AU21 has a variable physical parameter QU2A. The multiplexer 363 has an input terminal 3631, an input terminal 3632, a control terminal 363C, and an output terminal 363P. The control terminal 363C is coupled to the processing unit 331. For example, the functional object 735 is a physically achievable functional object and has a functional structure similar to the functional object 335.

The input terminal 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11. The input terminal 3632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU21. The output terminal 363P is coupled to the sensing unit 334. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QU2A are a fourth variable electrical parameter and a fifth variable electrical parameter, respectively. For example, the fourth variable electrical parameter and the fifth variable electrical parameter are a fourth variable voltage and a fifth variable voltage, respectively. There is a first functional relationship between the input terminal 3631 and the output terminal 363P. The first functional relationship is equal to one of a first on relationship and a first off relationship.

There is a second functional relationship between the input terminal 3632 and the output terminal 363P. The second functional relationship is equal to one of a second on-state relationship and a second off-state relationship. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A through the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3631, and through the output terminal 363P and The input terminal 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU2A through the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3632, and through the output terminal 363P and The input terminal 3632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU21. For example, the multiplexer 263 is controlled by the processing unit 331 and is an analog multiplexer.

For example, the storage unit 332, the sensing unit 334, the multiplexer 263, the function target 335, and the function target 735 are all coupled to the operation unit 397 and are all controlled by the processing unit 331. The control device 212 and the control target device 130 are separate or in contact. The operating unit 397 and the functional target 335 are separated or in contact. The operation unit 397 and the function target 735 are separated or in contact. The operating unit 397 and The sensing unit 334 is separated or in contact. The control device 212 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A.

In some embodiments, the functional target 335 is identified by a functional target identifier HA2T. The functional object 735 is identified by a functional object identifier HA22. The functional object 335 and the functional object 735 are respectively located in different spatial positions, and both are coupled to the processing unit 331 through the output unit 338. The function target identifier HA2T and the function target identifier HA22 are preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The control signal SC81 further conveys at least one of the functional object identifier HA2T and the functional object identifier HA22.

The input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the operation unit 297. Under the condition that the control signal SC81 transmits the functional object identifier HA2T, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to select the functional object 335 for control. Under the condition that the control signal SC81 transmits the functional object identifier HA22, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to select the functional object 735 for control. For example, the functional target identifier HA2T is a first functional target number. The functional target identifier HA22 is a second functional target number.

For example, the functional object 335 and the functional object 735 are separated, or separated by a material layer 70U disposed between the functional object 335 and the functional object 735. The functional object 335, the material layer 70U, and the functional object 735 are all coupled to a supporting medium 70M. The control target device 130 includes the material layer 70U, or the material layer 70U is disposed outside the control target device 130. The control target device 130 includes the support medium 70M, or the support medium 70M is set in the control target device 130 outside. For example, the supporting medium 70M is coupled to the operating unit 397.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control signal SC81 delivers the functional target identifier HA2T, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the functional target identifier HA2T from the control signal SC81, and based on the obtained The functional target identifier HA2T causes the sensing unit 334 to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A, thereby receiving the first sensing signal SN81 from the sensing unit 334. The processing unit 331 obtains the first measurement value VN81 in the designated measurement value format HH81 based on the received first sensing signal SN81, and transmits the function to the function target 335 based on the obtained function target identifier HA2T At least one of the signal SG81, the function signal SG82, and the function signal SG91.

For example, the processing unit 331 provides a control signal SD81 to the control terminal 363C based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T. For example, the control signal SD81 is a selection control signal and functions as an instruction to the input terminal 3631. The multiplexer 363 responds to the control signal SD81 to cause the first functional relationship between the input terminal 3631 and the output terminal 363P to be equal to the first conduction relationship. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the first sensing signal SN81, so the processing unit 331 obtains from the sensing unit 334 Receive the first sensing signal SN81.

The storage unit 332 has the storage space SU11. The storage unit 332 further stores the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A, and the target range limit value pair in the storage space SU11 based on the preset function target identifier HA2T. DN1T, the control code CC1T, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B, the control code CC12, and the time length range limit value pair LN8A. The processing unit 331 further uses the storage unit 332 based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T to access the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the Any one of the control code CC1T, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B, the control code CC12, and the time length range limit value pair LN8A.

In some embodiments, the first memory address AM8T is based on the preset function target identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 is preset. In response to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 uses the obtained functional target identifier HA2T, the obtained measured value target range code EM1T, and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 to obtain the first The memory address is AM8T, and the storage unit 332 is used based on the obtained first memory address AM8T to access the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the first memory location YM8T to obtain the target range limit Value pair DN1T.

For example, the second memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset function target identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, and the preset control code type identifier HC81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, the processing unit 331 is based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T and the obtained measured value target range code EM1T And the obtained control code type identifier HC81 to obtain the second memory address AX8T, and based on the obtained second memory location Address AX8T to use the storage unit 332 to access the control code CC1T stored in the second memory location YX8T to obtain the control code CC1T.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, the processing unit 331 is based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T and the obtained The control code CC1T executes the signal generation control GY81 for controlling the output unit 338. In response to the signal generation control GY81, the output unit 338 executes the signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate the function signal SG81, and causes the output unit 338 to transmit the function signal SG81 to the function target 335. The function signal SG81 is used to control the function target 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

For example, the output unit 338 includes an output terminal 338P and an output terminal 338Q. The output terminal 338P is coupled to the functional target 335. The output terminal 338P is coupled to the functional target 735. The output terminal 338P and the output terminal 338Q are respectively located at different spatial positions. The preset function target identifier HA2T is configured to indicate the output terminal 338P. The preset function target identifier HA22 is configured to indicate the output terminal 338Q. The signal generation control GY81 functions as an instruction to the output terminal 338P, and is used to cause the processing unit 331 to provide a control signal SF81 to the output unit 338. The control signal SF81 plays a role of instructing the output terminal 338P. The output unit 338 responds to one of the signal generation control GY81 and the control signal SF81 to execute the signal generation operation BY81 using the output terminal 338P to transmit the function signal SG81 to the function target 335.

In some embodiments, the input unit 337 controls The device 212 receives a control signal SC97. The control signal SC97 conveys the functional target identifier HA22. Under the condition that the control signal SC97 transmits the functional object identifier HA22, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC97 to obtain the functional object identifier HA22 from the control signal SC97, and based on the obtained functional object identifier HA22 To provide a control signal SD82 to the control terminal 363C. For example, the control signal SD82 is a selection control signal, which functions as an instruction to the input terminal 3632, and is different from the control signal SD81.

The multiplexer 363 responds to the control signal SD82 to cause the second functional relationship between the input terminal 3632 and the output terminal 363P to be equal to the second conduction relationship. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN91. The processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal SN91 from the sensing unit 334, and obtains a measurement value VN91 in the designated measurement value format HH81 based on the received sensing signal SN91.

In a specific case, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY97 for controlling the output unit 338 based on the obtained measured value VN91 and the obtained functional target identifier HA22. The signal generation control GY97 functions to indicate the output terminal 338Q, and is used to cause the processing unit 331 to provide a control signal SF97 to the output unit 338. The control signal SF97 functions to indicate the output terminal 338Q. The output unit 338 responds to one of the signal generation control GY97 and the control signal SF97 to execute a signal generation operation BY97 using the output terminal 338Q to transmit a function signal SG97 to the function target 735. The function signal SG97 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A.

Please refer to FIG. 27, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9036 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 27, the implementation structure 9036 includes the control target device 130 and the control device 212 for controlling the control target device 130. The control target device 130 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by the measured value target range RN1T. The control device 212 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A includes a sensing unit 260 and the operating unit 297.

The sensing unit 260 senses a variable physical parameter QP1A to generate a sensing signal SM81. For example, the variable physical parameter QP1A is characterized based on a physical parameter application range RC1EL represented by a measurement value application range RM1L. The operating unit 297 is coupled to the sensing unit 260. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the operating unit 297 responds to the sensing signal SM81 to obtain a measurement value VM81. Under the condition that the operating unit 297 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL by checking a mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, the operating unit 297 generates the control signal SC81 that functions to indicate the target range RN1T of the measurement value.

Please refer to Figure 28. FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9037 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 28, the implementation structure 9037 includes the control target device 130 and the control device 212. Please refer to Figure 27 additionally. In some embodiments, the sensing unit 260 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FQ11 related to the measurement value application range RM1L. For example, the sensor specification FQ11 includes A sensor sensitivity where YQ81 represents a sensor sensitivity is GQ81. The sensor sensitivity YQ81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 260 to generate HE81. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further controlled by the sensing unit 334. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with the sensor specification EU11 related to the measurement value target range RN1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is different from the sensor sensitivity YQ81.

The measurement value VM81 is obtained by the operation unit 297 in a designated measurement value format HQ81. The variable physical parameter QP1A is further characterized based on a physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 that is different from the physical parameter application range RC1EL. The measurement value application range RM1L and a measurement value candidate range RM12 representing the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are both preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GQ81 using the specified measurement value format HQ81. The measurement value target range RN1T is preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GW81, and has the target range limit value pair DN1T.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to a variable time length LF8A. For example, the variable time length LE8A is characterized based on a reference time length LJ8T. The reference time length LJ8T is represented by a time length value CL8T. The control signal SC81 conveys the target range limit value pair DN1T, the time length value CL8T, and the control code CC1T, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the reference time length LJ8T A matching application time length LT8T. For example, the control code CC1T is based on the physical parameter A designated physical parameter QD1T within the standard range RD1ET is preset. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the target range limit value pair DN1T.

The measurement value application range RM1L has an application range limit value pair DM1L. For example, the application range limit value is preset for DM1L. The operating unit 297 obtains the application range limit value pair DM1L in response to the trigger event EQ81, and checks the mathematical relationship KA81 by comparing the measured value VM81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L. The measurement value candidate range RM12 has a candidate range limit value pair DM1B. For example, the candidate range limit value is preset for DM1B. The operating unit 297 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to obtain the preset candidate range limit value pair DM1B.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is configured to correspond to a corresponding physical parameter range RW1EL outside the physical parameter application range RC1EL. Under the condition that the operating unit 297 determines the corresponding physical parameter range RW1EL that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in by checking the mathematical relationship KA81, the operating unit 297 executes the measurement value VM81 and the obtained reference range limit A data comparison CA91 between the value pair DM1B. Under the condition that the operating unit 297 determines the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in based on the data comparison CA91, the operating unit 297 generates a control signal SC82 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A , The control signal SC82 is different from the control signal SC81.

In the operating unit 297, the physical parameter that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in is determined by checking the mathematical relationship KA81 Under the condition of the application range RC1EL, the operating unit 297 is configured to obtain a control data code CK8T including the target range limit value pair DN1T, the time length value CL8T, and the control code CC1T, and execute the control data code CK8T based on the control data code CK8T. A signal for generating the control signal SC81 generates a control GS81, and performs a guarantee operation GT81, which is used to cause a physical parameter application range code UM8L representing the determined physical parameter application range RC1EL to be recorded. The variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QP1A belong to the physical parameter type TU11 and a physical parameter type TP11, respectively. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is the same as or different from the physical parameter type TP11.

Please refer to Figure 29, Figure 30, Figure 31, Figure 32 and Figure 33. FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9038 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9039 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9040 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9041 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9042 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in Figures 29, 30, 31, 32, and 33, each of the implementation structure 9038, the implementation structure 9039, the implementation structure 9040, the implementation structure 9041, and the implementation structure 9042 The structure includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130.

Please refer to Figure 26 additionally. In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QP1A are respectively formed at an actual position LD81 and an actual position different from the actual position LD81. 置LC81. The operating unit 297 is configured to execute a trigger application function FB81 related to the physical parameter application range RC1EL, and includes a processing unit 230 coupled to the sensing unit 260, and an output unit 240 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The trigger application function FB81 is configured to comply with a trigger application function specification GBL8 related to the physical parameter application range RC1EL.

The sensing unit 260 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FQ11 related to the measurement value application range RM1L. For example, the sensor specification FQ11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YQ81. The sensor sensitivity YQ81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 260 to generate HE81. For example, when the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to perform the sensing signal generation HE81 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YQ81, and the sensing signal generation HE81 is used to generate The sensing signal SM81.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is controlled by the sensing unit 334. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with the sensor specification FU11 related to the measured value target range RN1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is different from the sensor sensitivity YQ81.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 responds to the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measurement value VM81 in a specified measurement value format HQ81. For example, the designated measurement value format HQ81 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UX81. The processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the Under the condition of the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81. The variable physical parameter QP1A is further characterized based on a rated physical parameter range RC1E. For example, the rated physical parameter range RC1E is represented by a rated measurement value range RC1N, and includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2, ... represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, ....

The plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2,... include the physical parameter application range RC1EL. The trigger application function specification GBL8 includes the sensor specification FQ11, a rated physical parameter range representing the rated physical parameter range RC1E, GB8E, and a physical parameter application range representing the physical parameter application range RC1EL, GB8L . The physical parameter target range RD1ET is represented by a physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T. For example, the physical parameter candidate range indicates that GA8T is preset.

The rated measurement value range RC1N is predicted based on the rated physical parameter range representing GB8E, the sensor sensitivity representing GQ81, and a data encoding operation ZR81 for converting the rated physical parameter range representing GB1E to use the designated measurement value format HQ81. Suppose, there is a rated range limit value pair DC1A, and includes the plural different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12,... represented by the plural different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, ... respectively. For example, the rated range limit value is preset for DC1A using the specified measurement value format HQ81.

In some embodiments, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, ... include the measurement value application range RM1L. The measurement The value application range RM1L is represented by a measurement value application range code EH1L included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, ..., and has an application range limit value pair DM1L; whereby the measurement value application range code EH1L is configured to indicate the physical parameter application range RC1EL. For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12,... are all preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8.

The application range limit value pair DM1L includes an application range limit value DM15 of the measurement value application range RM1L and an application range limit value DM16 relative to the application range limit value DM15, and based on the physical parameter, the application range represents GB8L, the sense The sensor sensitivity indicator GQ81 and a data encoding operation ZR82 used to convert the physical parameter application range indicator GB8L are preset using the designated measurement value format HQ81. The measurement value application range RM1L is preset based on the physical parameter application range representation GB8L, the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81, and the data encoding operation ZR82 to use the specified measurement value format HQ81.

The measurement target range RN1T is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a data encoding operation ZX83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T. The control device 212 further includes a storage unit 250 coupled to the processing unit 230. The storage unit 250 stores the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A and a variable physical parameter range code UM8A. For example, the measured value target range RN1T has a target range limit value pair DN1T.

In some embodiments, when the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the variable physical parameter range code UM8A is equal to the number selected from the plurality of different A specific measurement value range code EH14 of the measurement value reference range code EH11, EH12,... For example, the specific measurement value range code EH14 indicates a specific physical parameter range RC1E4 previously determined by the processing unit 230 based on a sensing operation ZM81. The specific physical parameter range RC1E4 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2,.... The sensing operation ZM81 performed by the sensing unit 260 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QP1A. Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the specific measurement value range code EH14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A.

For example, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 obtains the specific measurement value range code EH14. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 based on the sensing operation ZM81 before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 uses the storage unit 250 to obtain the specific measurement value The range code EH14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. The specific measurement value range code EH14 represents a specific measurement value range configured to represent the specific physical parameter range RC1E4. The specified measurement value range is preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GQ81 in the specified measurement value format HQ81. For example, the sensing unit 260 performs a sensing signal generation dependent on the sensor sensitivity YQ81 by performing the sensing operation ZM81 to generate a sensing signal.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 receives the sensing signal, and responds to the sensing signal to obtain a specific measurement value in the specified measurement value format HQ81, and executes a method for checking the specific measurement value and the specific measurement. A specific check operation for a mathematical relationship between value ranges. The processing unit 230 determines the variable based on the specific inspection operation When the physical parameter QP1A is in the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, the processing unit 230 assigns the obtained specific measurement value range code EH14 to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A by using the storage unit 250. The processing unit 230 responds to a specific sensing operation for sensing the variable physical parameter QP1A to determine whether the processing unit 230 should use the storage unit 250 to change the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. For example, the specific sensing operation is performed by the sensing unit 260.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 obtains an operation reference data code XK81 from the storage unit 250 in response to the trigger event EQ81, and executes it by running a data determination program NE8A Use a data of the operation reference code XK81 to determine AE8A to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L from the multiple different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, ... so as to select the multiple different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, …Select the measurement value application range RM1L.

The operation reference code XK81 is the same as an allowable reference code preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. The data determination program NE8A is constructed based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. The data determination AE8A is one of a data determination operation AE81 and a data determination operation AE82. Under the condition that the operation reference data code XK81 is obtained by accessing the variable physical parameter range code UM8A stored in the storage unit 250 and is the same as the specific measurement value range code EH14, it is the data determination operation The data of AE81 determines that AE8A determines the measurement value application range code EH1L based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EH14. For example, the determined application range code of the measured value is the same as EH1L Or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code EH14.

Under the condition that the operation reference data code XK81 is obtained by accessing the rated range limit value pair DC1A stored in the storage unit 250 under the same condition as the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A, it is the The data determination operation of AE82 determines AE8A by performing a scientific calculation MF81 that uses the measured value VM81 and the obtained rated range limit value to DC1A to select from the plural different measured value reference range codes EH11, EH12,... The measurement value application range code EH1L is used to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L. For example, the scientific calculation MF81 is executed based on a specific empirical formula XP81. The specific empirical formula XP81 is formulated in advance based on the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A and the plurality of different measured value reference range codes EH11, EH12,... For example, the specific empirical formula XP81 is formulated in advance based on the trigger application function specification GBL8.

The processing unit 230 obtains the application range limit value pair DM1L based on the determined measurement value application range code EH1L, and compares CA81 based on a data comparison between the measurement value VM81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L. The mathematical relationship KA81 is checked to make a logical decision PH81 whether the measurement value VM81 is within the selected measurement value application range RM1L. Under the condition that the logical decision PH81 is affirmative, the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located.

For example, under the condition that the application range limit value DM15 is different from the application range limit value DM16 and the measurement value VM81 is between the application range limit value DM15 and the application range limit value DM16, The processing unit 230 makes the logical decision PH81 by comparing the measured value VM81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L to become affirmative. Under the condition that the application range limit value DM15, the application range limit value DM16, and the measurement value VM81 are equal, the processing unit 230 compares the measurement value VM81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L. This logic determines PH81 to become affirmative.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 has the variable physical parameter QP1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A exists in the control target device 130. The trigger event EQ81 is one of a trigger action event, a user input event, a signal input event, a state change event, and an identification medium appearance event, and is applied to the trigger application function FB81. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 which is the trigger action event is about to occur, the control target device 130 is configured to execute a designated functional operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the designated function operation ZH81 is used to cause the triggering event to occur.

The trigger application function FB81 is related to a memory unit 25Y1. The measured value target range RN1T is represented by a measured value target range code EM1T; thereby, the measured value target range code EM1T is configured to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the measured value target range code EM1T is preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. There is a mathematical relationship KY81 between the preset measurement value application range code EH1L and the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

The memory unit 25Y1 has a memory location PM8L and a memory location PV8L different from the memory location PM8L, and the application range limit value pair is stored in the memory location PM8L DM1L, and store a control data code CK8T in the memory location PV8L. For example, the memory position PM8L and the memory position PV8L are both identified based on the preset measurement value application range code EH1L. The control data code CK8T includes the measured value target range code EM1T. For example, the application range limit value pair DM1L and the control data code CK8T are stored by the memory unit 25Y1 based on the preset measurement value application range code EH1L.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 executes a data acquisition AF8A using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L by running a data acquisition program NF8A to obtain the application range limit value pair DM1L. For example, the data acquisition AF8A is one of a data acquisition operation AF81 and a data acquisition operation AF82. The data acquisition program NF8A is constructed based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. The data acquisition operation AF81 uses the memory unit 25Y1 based on the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to access the application range limit value pair DM1L stored in the memory location PM8L to obtain the application range limit value pair DM1L.

The data acquisition operation AF82 obtains the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A by reading the rated range limit value pair DC1A stored in the storage unit 250, and uses the determined measurement value by executing Apply the range code EH1L and a scientific calculation MG81 of the obtained rated range limit value to DC1A to obtain the application range limit value pair DM1L. For example, the rated range limit value pair DC1A includes a rated range limit value DC11 of the rated measurement value range RC1N and a rated range limit value DC12 relative to the rated range limit value DC11, and based on the rated physical parameter range, GB8E, The sensor sensitivity represents the GQ81 and the The data encoding operation ZR81 is preset using the specified measurement value format HQ81.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 executes a data using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L Obtain AG8A to obtain a control application code UA8T. For example, the data acquisition AG8A is one of a data acquisition operation AG81 and a data acquisition operation AG82.

The data acquisition operation AG81 uses the memory unit 25Y1 to access the control data code CK8T stored in the memory location PV8L based on the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to obtain the control data code CK8T equal to the control data code CK8T. Control application code UA8T. The data acquisition operation AG82 obtains the control application code UA8T equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T by executing a scientific calculation MQ81 using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and the mathematical relationship KY81.

The processing unit 230 executes a signal generation control GS81 for the trigger application function FB81 within an operating time TD81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T to control the output unit 240. The output unit 240 responds to the signal generation control GS81 to execute a signal generation operation BS81 for the trigger application function FB81 to generate the control signal SC81. For example, the control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the measurement value target range code EM1T, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the control signal SC81 conveys the control message CG81. The processing unit 230 is based on the obtained control application code UA8T This causes the output unit 240 to generate the control message CG81.

In some embodiments, the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2, ... further include a physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 that is different from the physical parameter application range RC1EL. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12,... Have a total reference range number NS81, and further include a measurement value candidate range RM12 representing the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2. The trigger application function specification GBL8 further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GB82 for representing the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2.

The measurement value candidate range RM12 is represented by a measurement value candidate range code EH12 different from the measurement value application range code EH1L, has a candidate range limit value pair DM1B, and is configured to represent the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2; thereby The measurement value candidate range code EH12 is configured to indicate the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2. For example, the candidate range limit value pair DM1B uses the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82, the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81, and a data encoding operation ZR83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82. It is preset.

The measurement value candidate range RM12 is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82, the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81, and the data encoding operation ZR83 to use the specified measurement value format HQ81. The total reference range number NS81 is preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. The processing unit 230 obtains the total reference range number NS81 in response to the trigger event EQ81. The scientific calculation MF81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NS81. The scientific calculation MG81 further uses the The total number of reference ranges obtained is NS81. For example, the total number of reference ranges NS81 is greater than or equal to 2. For example, the total number of reference ranges NS81≧3; the total number of reference ranges NS81≧4; the total number of reference ranges NS81≧5; the total number of reference ranges NS81≧6; and the total number of reference ranges NS81≦255.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 receives the control signal SC81, obtains the measurement value target range code EM1T from the received control signal SC81, and causes the measurement value target range code EM1T to be based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. Change the physical parameter QU1A within the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter. For example, the control signal SC81 conveys a control message CG81 determined based on the control application code UA8T. The control message CG81 includes the measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, the control message CG81 includes the target range limit value pair DN1T and the control code CC1T.

The measurement value application range RM1L is a first part of the rated measurement value range RC1N. The measurement value candidate range RM12 is a second part of the rated measurement value range RC1N. The physical parameter application range RC1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are separate or adjacent. Under the condition that the physical parameter application range RC1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are separated, the measurement value application range RM1L and the measurement value candidate range RM12 are separated. Under the condition that the physical parameter application range RC1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are adjacent, the measurement value application range RM1L and the measurement value candidate range RM12 are adjacent.

For example, the measurement value application range code EH1L is configured to be equal to an integer. The rated range limit value DC12 is greater than the rated range limit The limit is DC11. The rated range limit value DC12 and the rated range limit value DC11 have a relative value VC11 relative to the rated range limit value DC11. The relative value VC11 is equal to a calculation result of the rated range limit value DC12 minus the rated range limit value DC11. For example, the application range limit value pair DM1L is preset based on the rated range limit value DC11, the rated range limit value DC12, the integer, and a ratio of the relative value VC11 to the total reference range number NS11. The scientific calculation MG81 uses one of the rated range limit value DC11, the rated range limit value DC12, the integer, the ratio, and any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the logic determines PH81 is negative, the processing unit 230 determines the selection from the plurality of different measurements by executing a fourth scientific calculation MF12 using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L The measurement value candidate range code EH12 of the value reference range codes EH11, EH12, ... is so as to select the measurement value candidate range RM12 from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, ....

The processing unit 230 obtains the candidate range limit value pair DM1B based on the determined measurement value candidate range code EH12, and compares CA91 based on a data between the measurement value VM81 and the obtained candidate range limit value pair DM1B. A mathematical relationship KA91 between the measurement value VM81 and the selected measurement value candidate range RM12 is checked to make a logical decision PH91 whether the measurement value VM81 is within the selected measurement value candidate range RM12. Under the condition that the logical decision PH91 is affirmative, the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located.

Determine the variable physical parameter in the processing unit 230 QP1A is currently in the condition of the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2, the processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to execute a signal generation operation BS91 for the trigger application function FB81 to generate a signal for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A The control signal SC82 is different from the control signal SC81.

In the specific measurement value range code EH14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L, and the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located by making the logical decision PH81 Under the condition of, the processing unit 230 uses the storage unit 250 based on a code difference DA81 between the variable physical parameter range code UM8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EH14 and the determined measurement value application range code EH1L The determined application range code EH1L of the measured value is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 is the state change event in which the variable physical parameter QP1A enters the physical parameter application range RC1EL from the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, the processing unit 230 determines the state change based on the code difference DA81 The triggering event EQ81 of the event.

In some embodiments, the operating unit 297 further includes a response area AC1, a reader 220, and an input unit 270. The response area AC1 is used to execute the trigger application function FB81. The reader 220 is coupled to the response area AC1. The input unit 270 is coupled to the processing unit 230. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 is the occurrence event of the identification medium and the processing unit 230 has identified an identification medium 310 appearing in the response area AC1 through the reader 220, the processing unit 230 is based on the sensing signal SM81 To obtain the measured value VM81.

When the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the output unit 240 displays a status indication LA81. For example, the state indication LA81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured in a specific state XH81 within the specific physical parameter range RC1E4. In the specific measurement value range code EH14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L, and the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located by making the logical decision PH81 Under the condition of, the processing unit 230 further causes the output unit 240 to change the status indicator LA81 to a status indicator LA82 based on the code difference DA81. For example, the state indication LA82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured in a specific state XH82 within the physical parameter application range RC1EL.

Under the condition that the input unit 270 receives a control response signal SE81 generated in response to the control signal SC81 from the control target device 130 within a specified time TW81 after the operation time TD81, the processing unit 230 responds to the control In response to the signal SE81, a designated actual operation BJ81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A is executed. After the operating time TD81, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate a sensing signal SM82. For example, after the operating time TD81, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to perform a sensing signal generation HE82 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YQ81, and the sensing signal generation HE82 is used to generate the Sensing signal SM82.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 responds to the sensing signal SM82 within a specified time TE82 after the operating time TD81 to obtain a measurement value VM82 in the specified measurement value format HQ81. The processing unit 230 executes and uses the confirmation within the specified time TE82. The predetermined measurement value applies a scientific calculation MF83 of the range code EH1L to obtain a specific measurement value range code EH17 included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12,... For example, the specific measurement value range code EH17 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L, and represents a specific measurement value range RM17 included in the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12,...

The specific measurement value range RM17 represents a specific physical parameter range RC1E7 included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2,... The processing unit 230 executes a check operation BA83 for checking a mathematical relationship KA83 between the measurement value VM82 and the specific measurement value range RM17 based on the specific measurement value range code EH17.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the specific physical parameter range RC1E7 based on the checking operation BA83 within the specified time TE82, the processing unit 230 causes the The output unit 240 generates a control signal SC83 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A, and uses the storage unit 250 to assign the specific measurement value range code EH17 to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. For example, the control signal SC83 is different from the control signal SC81.

Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A in a restraining condition FP81 to provide the sensing signal SM81 to the processing unit 230. For example, the constraint condition FP81 is that the variable physical parameter QP1A is equal to a specific physical parameter QP15 included in the rated physical parameter range RC1E. The processing unit 230 estimates the specific physical parameter based on the sensing signal SM81 QP15 obtains the measured value VM81. Since the variable physical parameter QP1A in the constraint condition FP81 is within the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 recognizes that the measurement value VM81 is an allowable value within the measurement value application range RM1L, by This identifies the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L as a numerical intersection relationship, and thereby determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 260 is characterized based on the sensor sensitivity YQ81 related to the sensing signal generating HE81, and is configured to comply with the sensor specification FQ11. The sensor specification FQ11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YQ81, and a sensor measurement range representation GQ8R for representing a sensor measurement range RA8E. For example, the rated physical parameter range RC1E is configured to be the same as the sensor measurement range RA8E, or is configured to be a part of the sensor measurement range RA8E. The sensor measurement range RA8E is related to a physical parameter sensing performed by the first sensing unit 260. The measurement range of the sensor means that the GQ8R is provided based on a first preset measurement unit. For example, the first preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an English measurement unit.

The rated measurement value range RC1N and the rated range limit value for DC1A are based on the rated physical parameter range indicating GB8E, the sensor measuring range indicating GQ8R, the sensor sensitivity indicating GQ81 and the data encoding operation ZR81 to use the designation The measured value format HQ81 is preset. The measurement value application range RM1L and the application range limit value pair DM1L are based on the physical parameter application range represents GB8L, the sensor measurement range It means GQ8R, the sensor sensitivity means GQ81, and the data encoding operation ZR82 is preset using the designated measurement value format HQ81.

The measurement value candidate range RM12 and the candidate range limit value pair DM1B are based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GB82, the sensor measurement range representing GQ8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GQ81, and the data encoding operation ZR83 to use the designation The measured value format HQ81 is preset. The rated physical parameter range represents GB8E, the physical parameter application range represents GB8L, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, and the physical parameter candidate range represents GB82 are provided based on a second preset measurement unit. For example, the second preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an English measurement unit, and is the same as or different from the first preset measurement unit. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is configured to be a part of the sensor measurement range RB8E.

The variable physical parameter QP1A is further characterized based on the sensor measurement range RA8E. For example, the sensor measurement range represents GQ8R, the rated physical parameter range represents GB8E, the physical parameter application range represents GB8L, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, the physical parameter candidate range represents GB82 and the sensor measurement range represents GW8R all belong to the decimal data type. The measurement value VM81, the measurement value VM82, the rated range limit value pair DC1A, the application range limit value pair DM1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T, and the candidate range limit value pair DM1B all belong to the binary data type and are all Suitable for computer processing. The sensor specification FQ11, the sensor specification FU11, and the trigger application function specification GBL8 are all preset.

In some embodiments, the memory location PM8L is based on A memory address FM8L is recognized. The memory address FM8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EH1L. The memory location PV8L is identified based on a memory address FV8L. The memory address FV8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EH1L.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 is configured to obtain the preset measurement value application range code EH1L, the preset application range limit value pair DM1L, and the preset control data code CK8T, The memory address FM8L is obtained based on the obtained measurement value using the range code EH1L, and based on the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L and the obtained memory address FM8L, the operating unit 297 is provided with the obtained memory address FM8L. The application range limit value is a write request message WB8L for DM1L and the obtained memory address FM8L. For example, the write request message WB8L is used to cause the memory unit 25Y1 to store the delivered application range limit value pair DM1L in the memory location PM8L.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 applies the range code EH1L to obtain the memory address FV8L based on the obtained measurement value, and obtains the memory address FV8L based on the obtained control data code CK8T and the obtained memory address FV8L This causes the operating unit 297 to provide a write request message WA8L including the acquired control data code CK8T and the acquired memory address FV8L. For example, the write request message WA8L is used to cause the memory unit 25Y1 to store the transmitted control data code CK8T in the memory location PV8L.

The control device 212 is coupled to a server 280. The identification medium 310 is an electronic tag 350, a code medium 360 and a biological identification Don’t be one of the media 370. One of the electronic tag 350, the storage unit 250, and the server 280 includes the memory unit 25Y1. For example, the storage unit 250 has a storage space SS11. The storage space SS11 has the variable physical parameter range code UM8A, the rated range limit value pair DC1A, and the total reference range number NS81.

Please refer to Figure 34. FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9043 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 34, the implementation structure 9043 includes the control device 212, the control target device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control device 212 is used for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A existing in the control target device 130 by the trigger event EQ81, and includes the operating unit 297 and the sensing unit 260. The operation unit 297 includes the processing unit 230, the input unit 270, and the output unit 240. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280.

The control device 212 is installed in the application environment EX81. The variable physical parameter QP1A exists in a physical parameter formation area AT11. One of the control device 212 and the application environment EX81 has the variable physical parameter QP1A. For example, the sensing unit 260 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT11 having the variable physical parameter QP1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A exists in the physical parameter formation area AU11. For example, under the condition that the physical parameter formation area AT11 is located in the application environment EX81, the physical parameter formation area AT11 is adjacent to the control device 212.

For example, the physical parameter formation area AU11 and the physical parameter formation area AT11 are separate and are formed at the actual position LD81 and the actual position LC81; thereby, the variable physical parameter QU1A And the variable physical parameter QP1A are respectively formed at the actual position LD81 and the actual position LC81 which is different from the actual position LD81. For example, the physical parameter formation area AT11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environment area. For example, the physical parameter formation area AU11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environment area.

For example, the processing unit 230 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to cause the variable physical parameter QP1A to be formed in the physical parameter formation area AT11. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A exists in the physical parameter formation area AT11, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. For example, the physical parameter formation area AT11 is a user interface area.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 includes the operating unit 397, the sensing unit 334 coupled to the operating unit 397, and a functional target 335 coupled to the operating unit 397. The function object 335 is controlled by the operating unit 397 and includes the physical parameter forming area AU11 having the variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a rated physical parameter range RD1E that includes the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The rated physical parameter range RD1E is represented by a rated measurement value range RD1N, and includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, ... represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, .... The plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... include the physical parameter target range RD1ET and a physical parameter candidate range RD1E2.

The rated measurement value range RD1N contains the plural different The measurement value reference range RN11, RN12,..., and based on the rated physical parameter range represents GB8E, the sensor sensitivity represents GQ81, and the data encoding operation ZR81 used to convert the rated physical parameter range represents GB8E to use the specified measurement value The format HQ81 is preset. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,... include the measurement value target range RN1T and a measurement value candidate range RN12 representing the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The measurement value candidate range RN12 is represented by a measurement value candidate range code EM12 and has a candidate range threshold pair DN1B, whereby the measurement value candidate range code EM12 is configured to indicate the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within a specific physical parameter range RD1E4. The specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,....

In some embodiments, the triggering event caused by the control target device 130 is a state change event. The control device 212 further includes a state change detector 475 coupled to the processing unit 230. For example, the state change detector 475 is one of a limit detector and an edge detector. The limit detector is a limit switch. The state change detector 475 is configured to detect the arrival of a characteristic physical parameter related to a predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81 to the ZL82. The function object 335 includes a physical parameter application area AJ11. The physical parameter application area AJ11 has a variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is dependent on the variable physical parameter QU1A, and is characterized based on the predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81. For example, the physical parameter application area AJ11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environment area. The preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 is related to the variable physical parameter QU1A.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the operation unit 397 causes the function target 335 to execute the designated function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. The designated function operation ZH81 is used to control the variable physical parameter QG1A, and cause the trigger event EQ81 to occur by changing the variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is configured to be in a variable physical state XA8A. For example, the operation unit 397 is controlled by the control device 212 so that the function target 335 executes the designated function operation ZH81. For example, the rated measurement value range RD1N has a rated range limit value pair DD1A.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 before the trigger event EQ81, the designated functional operation ZH81 causes the variable physical parameter QG1A to reach the preset characteristic physical parameter UL81. The characteristic physical parameter is formed to reach ZL82, and the variable physical state XA8A is changed from a non-characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA81 to an actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82 by forming the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82. The state change detector 475 generates a trigger signal SX81 in response to the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82. For example, the actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82 is characterized based on the preset characteristic physical parameter UL81. The state change detector 475 generates the trigger signal SX81 in response to a state change event in which the variable physical parameter QG1A is changed from the non-characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA81 to the actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82.

In some embodiments, the input unit 270 is coupled to the state change detector 475. The trigger event EQ81 is the variable physical parameter QG1A enters the state change event in which the actual characteristic physical parameter reaches the state XA82. One of the input unit 270 and the processing unit 230 receives the trigger signal SX81. The processing unit 230 obtains the control application code UA8T in response to the received trigger signal SX81, and executes the signal generation for the trigger application function FB81 within the operation time TD81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T The GS81 is controlled to cause the output unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81.

For example, under the condition that the state change detector 475 is the limit switch, the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82 is equal to a variable space position and the variable physical parameter QG1A reaches the preset characteristic equal to a preset limit position. A limit position of the physical parameter UL81 has been reached. For example, the function target 335 forms the variable physical parameter QG1A in the physical parameter application area AJ11 by executing the designated function operation ZH81 caused based on the variable physical parameter QU1A. Under the condition that the physical parameter application area AJ11 is coupled to the state change detector 475, the state change detector 475 detects that the characteristic physical parameter reaches the ZL82.

For example, the processing unit 230 uses the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measurement value VM81 in response to the received trigger signal SX81. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL by checking the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, the processing unit 230 execute the data acquisition AG8A using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to obtain the control application code UA8T, and based on the obtained control application code UA8T, cause the output unit 240 to generate a target indicating the measurement value Scope of the role of RN1T The control signal SC81.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. For example, under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. After the processing unit 230 executes the signal generation control GS81 to cause the output unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81 within the operation time TD81, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing Test signal SM82. For example, the sensing unit 260 is a time sensing unit, an electrical parameter sensing unit, a mechanical parameter sensing unit, an optical parameter sensing unit, a temperature sensing unit, a humidity sensing unit, and a motion sensing unit. One of the sensing unit and a magnetic parameter sensing unit.

For example, the sensing unit 260 includes a sensing component 261 coupled to the processing unit 230, and uses the sensing component 261 to generate the sensing signal SM81 and the sensing signal SM82. The sensing component 261 is one of a plurality of application sensors. The plural application sensors include a voltage sensor, a current sensor, a resistance sensor, a capacitance sensor, an inductance sensor, an accelerometer, a gyroscope, and a pressure transducer , A strain gauge, a timer, a light detector, a temperature sensor and a humidity sensor. For example, the sensing component 261 generates a sensing signal component. The first sensing signal SM81 includes the sensing signal component.

Please refer to FIG. 35, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9044 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 35, the implementation structure 9044 includes the control device 212, the control target device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is a computing device, a Communication device, a user device, a mobile device, a remote control, an electronic device, a portable device, a desktop device, a relatively fixed device, a fixed device, a smart phone, and any combination thereof one. The electronic tag 350 is one of a passive electronic tag, an active electronic tag, a semi-active electronic tag, a wireless electronic tag and a wired electronic tag. For example, the control device 212 transmits the control signal SC81 to the control target device 130 through an actual link between the output unit 240 and the operation unit 397. The actual link is one of a wired link and a wireless link.

In some embodiments, the rated physical parameter range RC1E includes a specific physical parameter QP15 and is represented by the rated measurement value range RC1N. The sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A in the restraint condition FP81 to provide the sensing signal SM81 to the processing unit 230. For example, the constraint condition FP81 is that the variable physical parameter QP1A is equal to the specific physical parameter QP15. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 estimates the specific physical parameter QP15 based on the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measured value VM81.

The control signal SC81 is one of the electrical signal SP81 and the optical signal SQ81. The output unit 240 includes an output component 450, a display component 460, and an output component 455. The output component 450 is coupled to the processing unit 230, and is used to output the electrical signal SP81 under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the electrical signal SP81. For example, the output component 450 is a transmission component. When the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the display component 460 displays the status indication LA81. In the specific measurement value range code EH14 is different from the determined application range code EH1L of the measurement value and the processing The unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL by making the logical decision PH81, the processing unit 230 causes the display component 460 to indicate the status based on the code difference DA81 LA81 changes to this state to indicate LA82.

The display component 460 is coupled to the processing unit 230 for displaying measurement information LY81 related to the measurement value VM81, and is used for outputting the optical signal SQ81 under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81. The output component 455 is coupled to the processing unit 230. For example, the processing unit 230 is configured to cause the output component 455 to transmit a physical parameter signal SB81 to the control target device 130. The variable physical parameter QU1A is formed based on the physical parameter signal SB81. For example, the output component 455 is a transmission component.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 is coupled to the server 280 and further includes a physical parameter forming unit 290 coupled to the sensing unit 260. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is to be generated by the physical parameter forming unit 290, the physical parameter forming unit 290 generates the variable physical parameter QP1A. The input unit 270 includes an input component 440 and an input component 445. The input component 440 is coupled to the processing unit 230. For example, one of the input component 440 and the display component 460 includes a user interface area AP11.

The input component 445 is coupled to the processing unit 230 for receiving the control response signal SE81, and includes a receiving component 4451 and a reader 4452. The receiving component 4451 and the reader 4452 are both coupled to the processing unit 230. The control response signal SE81 is one of an electrical signal LP81 and an optical signal LQ81. In the control response signal SE81 is Under the condition of the electrical signal LP81, the receiving component 4451 is used to receive the electrical signal LP81. Under the condition that the control response signal SE81 is the optical signal LQ81, the reader 4452 is used to receive the optical signal LQ81. For example, one of the electronic tag 350, the storage unit 250, and the server 280 includes the memory unit 25Y1.

One of the application environment EX81, the input component 440, the display component 460, and the physical parameter forming unit 290 has the physical parameter forming area AT11. The processing unit 230 causes the physical parameter formation area AT11 to have the variable physical parameter QP1A by executing a designated function operation BH82 for the trigger application function FB81, and thereby causes the sensing unit 260 to sense that it is in the constraint The variable physical parameter QP1A of the condition FP81. One of the electronic tag 350, the storage unit 250, and the server 280 includes the memory unit 25Y1. The sensing unit 260, the storage unit 250, the output component 450, the display component 460, the output component 455, the input component 440, the receiving component 4451, the reader 4452, and the physical parameter forming unit 290 are all affected by The processing unit 230 controls. For example, one of the sensing unit 260 and the display component 460 includes the physical parameter formation area AT11.

The variable physical parameter QP1A is a fourth variable electrical parameter, a fourth variable mechanical parameter, a fourth variable optical parameter, a fourth variable temperature, a fourth variable voltage, and a fourth variable Variable current, a fourth variable electric power, a fourth variable resistor, a fourth variable capacitor, a fourth variable inductance, a fourth variable frequency, a fourth clock time, a fourth variable Variable time length, a fourth variable brightness, a fourth variable light intensity, a fourth variable volume, a fourth variable data flow, a fourth variable amplitude, a Fourth variable space position, a fourth variable displacement, a fourth variable sequence position, a fourth variable angle, a fourth variable space length, a fourth variable distance, a fourth variable translation One of speed, a fourth variable angular velocity, a fourth variable acceleration, a fourth variable force, a fourth variable pressure, and a fourth variable mechanical power.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 is the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range. The other of the parameter range. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable voltage, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high voltage range and a relatively low voltage range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second variable current, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high current range and a relatively low current range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable resistor, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high resistance range and a relatively low resistance range, respectively.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable spatial position, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high position range and a relatively low position range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable pressure, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high pressure range and a relatively low pressure range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable length, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are respectively a relatively high length range and a phase For low length ranges. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable angular velocity, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high angular velocity range and a relatively low angular velocity range, respectively.

For example, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another. For example, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RC1E7 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another. For example, the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E3 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a first reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a second reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a third reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the specific physical parameter range RC1E7, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a fourth reference state. The first reference state is the same or different from the second reference state. The second reference The state is different from the third reference state. The first reference state is different from the fourth reference state.

For example, the measurement value application range code EH1L is a measurement value reference range number. The measurement value application range RM1L is arranged in the rated measurement value range RC1N based on the measurement value application range code EH1L. The measurement value candidate range code EH12 is a measurement value reference range number. The measurement value candidate range RM12 is arranged in the rated measurement value range RC1N based on the measurement value candidate range code EH12. The measured value target range code EM1T is a measured value reference range number. The measured value target range RN1T is arranged in the rated measured value range RD1N based on the measured value target range code EM1T.

For example, the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second variable voltage. The physical parameter application range RC1EL, the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are a first voltage reference range, a second voltage reference range, and a third voltage reference range, respectively. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second variable displacement, the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are respectively a first displacement reference range and a first displacement reference range. The second displacement reference range and a third displacement reference range. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second clock time, the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are respectively a first clock time reference range and a The second clock time reference range and a third clock time reference range.

For example, the operating unit 297 includes a communication interface unit 246 coupled to the processing unit 230. The processing unit 230 through the communication The interface unit 246 is coupled to the network 410. For example, the communication interface unit 246 is controlled by the processing unit 230 and includes the output component 450 coupled to the processing unit 230 and the receiving component 4451 coupled to the processing unit 230. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280 through the communication interface unit 246 and the network 410.

Please refer to Figure 36, Figure 37 and Figure 38. FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9045 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9046 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9047 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIGS. 36, 37, and 38, each of the implementation structure 9045, the implementation structure 9046, and the implementation structure 9047 includes the control device 212, the control target device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control device 212 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU1A existing in the control target device 130 and includes the operating unit 297 and the sensing unit 260. The operating unit 297 includes the processing unit 230, the input unit 270, and the output unit 240, and is coupled to the server 280.

In some embodiments, the trigger application function FB81 is related to the memory unit 25Y1. The memory unit 25Y1 stores the control data code CK8T. The control data code CK8T is one of a control information code CM82, a control information code CM83, a control information code CM84, and a control information code CM85. The control message CG81 is one of a control data message CN82, a control data message CN83, a control data message CN84, and a control data message CN85.

In the control data code CK8T is the control information code Under the condition of CM82, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW82 for transmitting the control data message CN82. The control information code CM82 and the control data message CN82 both include the measured value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the measurement value target range code EM1T, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter represented by the measurement value target range RN1T Target range RD1ET.

Under the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM83, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW83 for transmitting the control data message CN83. The control information code CM83 and the control data message CN83 both include the target range limit value pair DN1T, the rated range limit value pair DD1A, and the control code CC1T. For example, the control information code CM83 and the control data message CN83 both further include the measured value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the target range limit value pair DN1T, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter represented by the measurement value target range RN1T Target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM84, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW84 for transmitting the control data message CN84. The control information code CM84 and the control data message CN84 both include a relative reference range code ZB81. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the relative reference range code ZB81, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target represented by the measurement value target range RN1T Range RD1ET.

For example, the operating unit 397 includes a timer 339. The timer 339 is used to measure the variable time length LF8A, and is configured to comply with a timer specification FT81. Both the control data code CK8T and the control message CG81 further include the time length value CL8T. The processing unit 230 sets the time length value CL8T in a designated count value format HH91 based on the reference time length LJ8T and the timer specification FT81, and causes the output unit 240 to execute the signal based on the obtained control data code CK8T The operation BS81 is generated to generate the control signal SC81 that transmits the time length value CL8T. For example, the designated count value format HH91 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY91.

The trigger application function specification GBL8 includes a time length representation GB8KJ. The time length indicates that GB8KJ is used to indicate the reference time length LJ8T. For example, the time length value CL8T is preset based on the time length representation GB8KJ, the timer specification FT81, and a data encoding operation ZR8KJ for converting the time length representation GB8KJ to use the designated count value format HH91. The storage unit 250 stores the control data code CK8T including the time length value CL8T. The processing unit 230 is configured to obtain the control data code CK8T from the storage unit 250. For example, the length of time indicates that GB8KJ is the same as the length of time indicates GA8KJ.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 stores a physical parameter target range code UQ1T. Under the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM85, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW85 for transmitting the control data message CN85. The control information code CM85 and the control data message CN85 both include a time value target range code EL1T and a clock reference time value NR81. The target range code EL1T of the time value is Preset. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the control signal SC81 conveys the preset time value target range code EL1T to indicate the measurement value target The range RN1T is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by the measured value target range RN1T.

The operating unit 397 further includes a timer 342. The timer 342 is used to measure a clock time TH1A and is configured to comply with a timer specification FT21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to the clock time TH1A. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a clock reference time TR81. The trigger event EQ81 occurs at a trigger time TT81. The trigger time TT81 is a current time. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset based on the clock reference time TR81 and the timer specification FT21 in a designated count value format HH95. A time difference between the clock reference time TR81 and the trigger time TT81 is within a preset time length. Both the timer specification FT81 and the timer specification FT21 are preset. For example, the designated count value format HH95 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY95.

The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a time target interval HR1ET. The time target interval HR1ET includes the clock reference time TR81 and is represented by a time value reference range RQ1T. The time value reference range RQ1T is preset based on the timer specification FT21 in the designated count value format HH95. The time value target range code EL1T is configured to indicate the time target interval HR1ET, and is preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. The physical parameter target range code UQ1T represents the The variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be in a physical parameter target range RK1ET within the time target interval HR1ET. The physical parameter target range RK1ET is selected from the plural different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,....

In some embodiments, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the same as the clock time TH1A, the sensing unit 260 senses the clock time TH1A to generate the sensing signal SM81, which serves as a timer. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the same as the clock time TH1A, the measurement value application range code EH1L is the same as the time value target range code EL1T. The processing unit 230 executes the data determination AE8A in response to the trigger event EQ81 to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L that is the same as the time value target range code EL1T.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 executes the data acquisition AG8A using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to obtain The control application code UA8T which is the same as the control data code CK8T. Under the condition that the obtained control data code CK8T includes the preset clock reference time value NR81 and the preset time value target range code EL1T, the processing unit 230 performs the processing based on the obtained control data code CK8T The output unit 240 is caused to execute the signal generating operation BS81 to generate the control signal SC81 that transmits the obtained clock reference time value NR81 and the obtained time value target range code EL1T.

For example, the physical parameter control function specification GBL8 includes a clock time representing GB8TR. The clock time indicates that GB8TR is used to indicate This clock refers to time TR81. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset based on the clock time representation GB8TR, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZR8TR for converting the clock time representation GB8TR to the designated count value format HH95. For example, the clock time indicates that GB8TR is the same as the clock time indicates GA8TR.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 further includes a storage unit 332 coupled to the operation unit 397. The storage unit 332 has a memory location YM8T and a memory location YX8T different from the memory location YM8T. For example, the memory location YM8T is identified based on a memory address AM8T. The memory location YX8T is identified based on a memory address AX8T. The memory address AM8T and the memory address AX8T are preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 relies on the user interface area AP11 to obtain an input data DJ81 from the input unit 270, and performs a data encoding operation EJ81 on the input data DJ81 to determine the preset target The range limit value pair DN1T is configured to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, and the memory address AM8T is obtained based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the input unit 270 receives a user input operation JV81 for operating the user interface area AP11, and responds to the user input operation JV81 to provide the input data DJ81 to the processing unit 230.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 pairs DN1T and the obtained target range threshold value based on the determined target range limit value. The memory address AM8T causes the output unit 240 to provide a write request message WN8T to the operating unit 397. The write request message WN8T includes the determined target range limit value pair DN1T and the acquired memory address AM8T. The operating unit 397 responds to the write request message WN8T to cause the storage unit 332 to store the target range limit value pair DN1T in the memory location YM8T.

In some embodiments, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 relies on the user interface area AP11 to obtain an input data DJ82 from the input unit 270, and performs a data encoding operation EJ82 on the input data DJ82 to determine The preset control code CC1T is used to obtain the memory address AX8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the input unit 270 receives a user input operation JV82 for operating the user interface area AP11, and responds to the user input operation JV82 to provide the input data DJ82 to the processing unit 230.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to provide the second write request message WC8T to the operating unit 397 based on the determined control code CC1T and the acquired memory address AX8T. The second write request message WC8T includes the determined control code CC1T and the acquired memory address AX8T. The operating unit 397 responds to the write request message WC8T to cause the storage unit 332 to store the control code CC1T in the memory location YX8T.

The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YN81. For example, the memory location YN81 is identified based on a memory address AN81. The memory address AN81 is preset. In the trigger event EQ81 Before this happens, the processing unit 230 relies on the user interface area AP11 to obtain an input data DJ83 from the input unit 270, and performs a data encoding operation EJ83 on the input data DJ83 to determine the preset threshold value pair DD1A of the rated range. , And is configured to obtain the preset memory address AN81. For example, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the input unit 270 receives a user input operation JV83 for operating the user interface area AP11, and responds to the user input operation JV83 to provide the input data DJ83 to the processing unit 230.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to provide the write request message WD81 to the operating unit 397 based on the determined nominal range limit value pair DD1A and the acquired memory address AN81 . The write request message WD81 includes the determined limit value pair DD1A of the rated range and the acquired memory address AN81. The operating unit 397 responds to the write request message WD81 to cause the storage unit 332 to store the rated range limit value pair DD1A in the memory location YN81.

Please refer to Figure 39, Figure 40, Figure 41 and Figure 42. FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9048 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 40 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9049 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 41 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9050 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 42 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9051 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in Figures 39, 40, 41, and 42, each of the implementation structure 9048, the implementation structure 9049, the implementation structure 9050, and the implementation structure 9051 includes the control device 212, the control The target device 130 and the server 280 are controlled. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control device 212 is configured to control the variable physical parameter QU1A existing in the control target device 130 by relying on the trigger event EQ81, and includes the operating unit 297 and the sensing unit 260. The operation unit 297 includes the processing unit 230, the input unit 270, and the output unit 240. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the function target 335, the sensing unit 334, a function target 735, and a multiplexer 363. The operating unit 397 has an output terminal 338P and an output terminal 338Q. The output terminal 338P and the output terminal 338Q are respectively located at different spatial positions. The function target 335, the sensing unit 334, the function target 735, and the multiplexer 363 are all coupled to the operation unit 397. The output terminal 338P is coupled to the functional target 335. The function object 735 includes a physical parameter formation area AU21 and is coupled to the output terminal 338Q. The physical parameter formation area AU21 has a variable physical parameter QU2A. For example, the functional object 735 is a physically achievable functional object and has a functional structure similar to the functional object 335.

The sensing unit 334 is used for sensing one of a plurality of actual physical parameters through the multiplexer 363. The plural actual physical parameters include the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QU2A. The control device 212 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A. The multiplexer 363 has an input terminal 3631, an input terminal 3632, a control terminal 363C, and an output terminal 363P.

The control terminal 363C is coupled to the operating unit 397. The input terminal 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11. The input 3632 Coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU21. The output terminal 363P is coupled to the sensing unit 334. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QU2A are a fifth variable electrical parameter and a sixth variable electrical parameter, respectively. For example, the fifth variable electrical parameter and the sixth variable electrical parameter are a fifth variable voltage and a sixth variable voltage, respectively. There is a first functional relationship between the input terminal 3631 and the output terminal 363P. The first functional relationship is equal to one of a first on relationship and a first off relationship.

There is a second functional relationship between the input terminal 3632 and the output terminal 363P. The second functional relationship is equal to one of a second on-state relationship and a second off-state relationship. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A through the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3631, and through the output terminal 363P and The input terminal 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU2A through the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3632, and through the output terminal 363P and The input terminal 3632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU21. For example, the multiplexer 363 is controlled by the operating unit 397 and is an analog multiplexer.

In some embodiments, one of the control device 212 and the application environment EX81 has a physical parameter formation area AT21. The physical parameter formation area AT21 has a variable physical parameter QP2A. The control device 212 further includes a multiplexer 263 coupled to the processing unit 230. The multiplexer 263 has an input terminal 2631, an input terminal 2632, a control terminal 263C, and an output terminal 263P. The control terminal 263C is coupled to the processing unit 230.

The input terminal 2631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT11. The input terminal 2632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT21. The output terminal 263P is coupled to the sensing unit 260. For example, the variable physical parameter QP1A and the variable physical parameter QP2A are a seventh variable electrical parameter and an eighth variable electrical parameter, respectively. For example, the seventh variable electrical parameter and the eighth variable electrical parameter are a seventh variable voltage and an eighth variable voltage, respectively. There is a third functional relationship between the input terminal 2631 and the output terminal 263P. The third functional relationship is equal to one of a third on relationship and a third off relationship.

There is a fourth functional relationship between the input terminal 2632 and the output terminal 263P. The fourth functional relationship is equal to one of a fourth on relationship and a fourth off relationship. Under the condition that the third functional relationship is equal to the third conduction relationship, the sensing unit 260 is configured to sense the variable physical parameter QP1A through the output terminal 263P and the input terminal 2631, and through the output terminal 263P and The input terminal 2631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT11. Under the condition that the fourth functional relationship is equal to the fourth conduction relationship, the sensing unit 260 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QP2A through the output terminal 263P and the input terminal 2632, and through the output terminal 263P and The input terminal 2632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT21. For example, the multiplexer 263 is controlled by the processing unit 230 and is an analog multiplexer.

In some embodiments, the functional target 335 is identified by a functional target identifier HA2T. The functional object 735 is identified by a functional object identifier HA22. The function target 335 and the function target 735 are respectively located in different spatial positions, and both are coupled to the operation unit 397. Both the functional object identifier HA2T and the functional object identifier HA22 are based on the touch The application function specification GBL8 is preset. In order to control the functional object 335, the control signal SC81 further transmits the functional object identifier HA2T. The operating unit 397 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212. The operating unit 397 responds to the control signal SC81 to select the function target 335 for control. For example, the functional target identifier HA2T is configured to indicate the output terminal 338P and is a first functional target number. The functional target identifier HA22 is configured to indicate the output terminal 338Q, and is a second functional target number.

The control device 212 further includes an electricity usage target 285 coupled to the processing unit 230 and an electricity usage target 286 coupled to the processing unit 230. The power usage target 285 is identified by a power usage target identifier HZ2T. The power usage target 286 is identified by a power usage target identifier HZ22. The power usage target identifier HZ2T and the power usage target identifier HZ22 are both preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 relies on the power usage target 285 to occur, the processing unit 230 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to select the function target 335 for control. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs depending on the power usage target 286, the processing unit 230 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to select the function target 735 for control.

In some embodiments, the storage unit 250 has a memory location XC9T and a memory location XC92, the functional target identifier HA2T is stored in the memory location XC9T, and the functional target identifier is stored in the memory location XC92 HA22. The memory location XC9T is identified by a memory address EC9T, or is identified based on the memory address EC9T. The memory address EC9T is based on the power target identifier HZ2T is preset; thereby, the power usage target 285 is related to the functional target identifier HA2T. For example, there is a mathematical relationship KK91 between the power usage target identifier HZ2T and the function target identifier HA2T; thereby, the power usage target 285 is related to the function target identifier HA2T.

The memory location XC92 is identified by a memory address EC92, or is identified based on the memory address EC92. The memory address EC92 is preset based on the power usage target identifier HZ22; thereby, the power usage target 286 is related to the function target identifier HA22. For example, there is a mathematical relationship KK92 between the power usage target identifier HZ22 and the function target identifier HA22; thereby, the power usage target 286 is related to the function target identifier HA22.

In some embodiments, the trigger event EQ81 occurs depending on the power usage target 285 and causes the processing unit 230 to receive an operation request signal SZ91. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 relies on the electricity usage target 285 to occur, the processing unit 230 responds to the operation request signal SZ91 to obtain the measured value VM81 and the electricity usage target identifier HZ2T, and based on the obtained electricity usage target identifier HZ2T The target identifier HZ2T is used to obtain the functional target identifier HA2T. The processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to transmit at least one of the control signal SC81, the control signal SC82, and the control signal SC83 to the operating unit 397 based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T.

For example, the trigger event EQ81 is a user input event in which the input unit 270 receives a user input operation JU91. The input unit 270 responds to the trigger event EQ81 which is the user input event to provide the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230. At the trigger event Under the condition that the EQ81 relies on the power usage target 285, the input unit 270 relies on the power usage target 285 to provide the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230. The processing unit 230 responds to the operation request signal SZ91 to provide a control signal SV81 to the control terminal 263C. For example, the control signal SV81 is a selection control signal and functions as an instruction to the input terminal 2631. The multiplexer 263 responds to the control signal SV81 to cause the third functional relationship between the input terminal 2631 and the output terminal 263P to be equal to the third conduction relationship.

Under the condition that the third functional relationship is equal to the third conduction relationship, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. The processing unit 230 receives the sensing signal SM81 from the sensing unit 260, and obtains the measurement value VM81 in the designated measurement value format HQ81 based on the received sensing signal SM81. For example, the power usage target 285 and the power usage target 286 are configured to correspond to the function target 335 and the function target 735, respectively, are coupled to the processing unit 230 and are located at different spatial positions.

In some embodiments, the input unit 270 receives the user input operation JU91 for selecting the power usage target 285 to cause the trigger event EQ81 to occur. The input unit 270 generates the operation request signal SZ91 in response to the user input operation JU91. The processing unit 230 receives the operation request signal SZ91, uses the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measured value VM81 in response to the operation request signal SZ91, and executes a data acquisition AF9C in response to the operation request signal SZ91 to obtain the power usage target Identifier HZ2T. For example, the storage unit 250 includes the storage space SS11. The storage space SS11 has the preset limit value pair of the rated range DC1A, the variable physical parameter range code UM8A, the power use target identifier HZ2T, the power use target identifier HZ22, the function target identifier HA2T, the relative value VK81, and the relative value VK82.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 is configured to obtain the memory address EC9T based on the obtained power use target identifier HZ2T, and access the memory address EC9T based on the obtained memory address EC9T to access the memory address stored in the memory. The functional object identifier HA2T of the body position XC9T is obtained to obtain the functional object identifier HA2T. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL by checking the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, the processing unit 230 executes the signal generation control GS81 based on the obtained function target identifier HA2T and the accessed control data code CK8T to cause the output unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81, and cause the output unit 240 to send the control signal SC81 to the operating unit 397 transmits the control signal SC81.

For example, the control signal SC81 conveys the functional target identifier HA2T. For example, the control signal SC81 transmits the functional target identifier HA2T and the measured value target range code EM1T. The operating unit 397 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the measured value target range code EM1T and the functional target identifier HA2T from the control signal SC81. In a third specific case, the operation unit 397 executes the signal generation operation BY81 using the output terminal 338P based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the obtained function target identifier HA2T to transfer the function The target 335 transmits a function signal SG81. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target Range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control signal SC81 transmits the functional target identifier HA2T and the measured value target range code EM1T, the operating unit 397 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the functional target identification from the control signal SC81 Based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T, a control signal SD81 is provided to the control terminal 363C. For example, the control signal SD81 is a selection control signal and functions as an instruction to the input terminal 3631. The multiplexer 363 responds to the control signal SD81 to cause the first functional relationship between the input terminal 3631 and the output terminal 363P to be equal to the first conduction relationship. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN81.

The operating unit 397 receives the sensing signal SN81 from the sensing unit 334, and obtains a measurement value VN81 based on the received sensing signal SN81. In the third specific case, the operation unit 397 executes the operation using the output terminal 338P based on the obtained measurement value VN81, the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T, and the obtained function target identifier HA2T. The signal generation operation BY81 transmits the function signal SG81 to the function target 335.

In some embodiments, the storage space SS11 further has a memory location PF9T. The storage unit 250 stores the preset power usage target identifier HZ2T in the memory location PF9T. The memory location PF9T is identified by a memory address FF9T, or is identified based on the memory address FF9T. The memory address FF9T is preset. The electrician The target 285 is coupled to the memory location PF9T through the processing unit 230. For example, the operation request signal SZ91 sends an input data DJ91.

The data acquisition AF9C is one of a data acquisition operation AF95 and a data acquisition operation AF96. The data acquisition operation AF95 uses the preset memory address PF2T to access the power use target identifier HZ2T stored in the memory location PF9T to obtain the preset power use target identifier HZ2T. The data acquisition operation AF96 processes the input data DJ91 based on a preset data derivation rule YU91 to obtain the preset power usage target identifier HZ2T.

In some embodiments, the input unit 270 causes the processing unit 230 to receive an operation request signal under the condition that a trigger event occurs when the input unit 270 receives a user input for selecting the power usage target 286 to operate the JU92. SZ92. In response to the operation request signal SZ92, the processing unit 230 obtains a measured value VM91 and the electric use target identifier HZ22, and obtains the functional target identifier HA22 based on the obtained electric use target identifier HZ22. The processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to transmit a control signal SC97 to the operation unit 397 based on the obtained measurement value VM91 and the obtained function target identifier HA22. The control signal SC97 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A and transmit the functional target identifier HA22.

For example, the processing unit 230 responds to the operation request signal SZ92 to provide a control signal SV82 to the control terminal 263C. For example, the control signal SV82 is a selection control signal, which functions as an instruction to the input terminal 2632, and is different from the control signal SV81. The multiplexer 263 responds to the control signal SV82 to cause a gap between the input terminal 2632 and the output terminal 263P The fourth functional relationship of is equal to the fourth conduction relationship. Under the condition that the fourth functional relationship is equal to the fourth conduction relationship, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP2A to generate a sensing signal SM91. The processing unit 230 receives the sensing signal SM91 from the sensing unit 260, and obtains the measurement value VM91 based on the received sensing signal SM91.

In some embodiments, the operating unit 397 obtains the functional object identifier HA22 from the control signal SC97 in response to the control signal SC97, and provides a control signal SD82 to the control terminal based on the obtained functional object identifier HA22 363C. For example, the control signal SD82 is a selection control signal and functions as an instruction to the input terminal 3632. The multiplexer 363 responds to the control signal SD82 to cause the second functional relationship between the input terminal 3632 and the output terminal 363P to be equal to the second conduction relationship. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU2A to generate a sensing signal SN91.

The operating unit 397 receives the sensing signal SN91 from the sensing unit 334, and obtains a measurement value VN91 based on the received sensing signal SN91. The operating unit 397 executes a signal generation operation BY97 using the output terminal 338Q based on the obtained measured value VN91 and the obtained functional object identifier HA22 to transmit a functional signal SG97 to the functional object 735. The function signal SG97 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A.

In some embodiments, the user interface area AP21 has the power usage target 285 and the power usage target 286. The user input operation JU91 is executed by the user 295. The electricity use target 285 is the first One of three sensing targets and a third display target. Under the condition that the electricity usage target 285 is the third sensing target, the input component 440 includes the electricity usage target 285. Under the condition that the power usage target 285 is the third display target, the display component 460 includes the power usage target 285. For example, the third sensing target is a third button target. The third display target is a third icon target.

The power usage target 286 is one of a fourth sensing target and a fourth display target. Under the condition that the electricity usage target 286 is the fourth sensing target, the input component 440 includes the electricity usage target 286. Under the condition that the power usage target 286 is the fourth display target, the display component 460 includes the power usage target 286. For example, the fourth sensing target is a fourth button target. The third display object is a fourth icon object.

For example, under the condition that the power usage target 285 is configured to exist in the input component 440, the power usage target 285 receives the user input operation JU91 to cause the input component 440 to provide the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230 . Under the condition that the power usage target 285 is configured to exist in the display assembly 460, the pointing device 441 receives the user input operation JU91 for selecting the power usage target 285 to cause the pointing device 441 to provide the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230. For example, the user input operation JU91 is configured to rely on the pointing device 441 and the selection tool YJ81 to select the power usage target 285. For example, the selection tool YJ81 is a cursor.

In some embodiments, the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A, the variable physical parameter range code UM8A, the relative value VK81, and the relative value VK82 are all further based on the preset function target identification Symbol HA2T is stored in the storage space SS11. The processing unit 230 further uses the storage unit 250 based on the functional target identifier HA2T to access the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A, the variable physical parameter range code UM8A, the relative value VK81, and the relative value Any of VK82.

The preset application range limit value pair DM1L, the preset control data code CK8T, and the preset candidate range limit value pair DM1B are further stored based on the preset function target identifier HA2T The memory space SA1. The processing unit 230 further uses the memory unit 25Y1 based on the functional target identifier HA2T to access the preset application range limit value pair DM1L, the preset control data code CK8T, and the preset candidate Any of the range limits to DM1B.

Both the preset application range limit value pair DM1L and the preset candidate range limit value pair DM1B are configured to belong to a measurement range limit data code type TM81. The measurement range limit data code type TM81 is identified by a measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81. The measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81 is preset. The preset control data code CK8T is configured to belong to a control data code type TK81. The control data code type TK81 is identified by a control data code type identifier HK81. The control data code type identifier HK81 is preset.

For example, the memory address FM8L is preset based on the preset function target identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value application range code EH1L, and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81. The processing unit 230 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to obtain the Functional target identifier HA2T. The data acquisition operation AF81 obtains the memory address FM8L based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T, the determined measurement value application range code EH1L, and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81, and based on The obtained memory address FM8L uses the memory unit 25Y1 to access the preset application range limit value pair DM1L stored in the memory location PM8L.

For example, the memory address FV8L is preset based on the preset function target identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value application range code EH1L, and the preset control data code type identifier HK81. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 is based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T and the determined measurement value application range code EH1L And the obtained control data code type identifier HK81 to obtain the memory address FV8L, and based on the obtained memory address FV8L to use the memory unit 25Y1 to access the memory location PV8L stored in the memory location PV8L Control data code CK8T.

Please refer to Figure 43. FIG. 43 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9052 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 43, the implementation structure 9052 includes the control device 212, the control target device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control device 212 is configured to control the variable physical parameter QU1A existing in the control target device 130 by relying on the trigger event EQ81, and includes the operating unit 297 and the sensing unit 260. The operation unit 297 includes the processing unit 230, the input unit 270, and the output unit 240. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280.

In some embodiments, the operating unit 297 includes a timer 545 coupled to the processing unit 230 and an electrical application target WJ11 coupled to the processing unit 230. The timer 545 is used to measure the clock time TH1A and is configured to comply with a timer specification FW22. The timer 545 is controlled by the processing unit 230 to sense the clock time TH1A to generate a clock time signal SK91.

Under the condition that the sensing unit 260 is configured to be the same as the timer 545, the sensing signal SM81 is configured to be the same as the clock time signal SK91, and the sensor specification FQ11 is configured to be the same as the timer specification FW22, and the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured to be the same as the clock time TH1A. The memory unit 25Y1 stores the control data code CK8T which is the same as the control information code CM85. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured to be the same as the clock time TH1A, the measurement value application range code EH1L is the same as the time value target range code EL1T. The timer specification FW22 is preset.

The trigger event EQ81 is the user input event of the input unit 270 receiving the user input operation JU81. The user input operation JU81 is used to select the electrical application target WJ11. The input unit 270 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to provide the operation request signal SZ81 to the processing unit 230. Under the condition that the user input event occurs, the processing unit 230 responds to the operation request signal SZ81 to use the clock time signal SK91 to obtain the measured value VM81. For example, the clock time signal SK91 transmits a specific count value NP91 in a specified count value format HQ92. The designated measurement value format HQ92 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UX92.

The processing unit 230 uses the clock time signal SK91 to obtain the measured value VM81 equal to the specific count value NP91. The processing unit 230 executes the data determination AE8A in response to the trigger event EQ81 to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L that is the same as the time value target range code EL1T. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL by checking the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, the processing unit 230 obtains the control application code UA8T which is the same as the control information code CM85 from the memory unit 25Y1 based on the determined measurement value application range code EH1L. For example, under the condition that the sensing unit 260 is configured to be the same as the timer 545, the designated measurement value format HQ81 is configured to be the same as the designated count value format HQ92.

For example, the control information code CM85 includes the preset time value target range code EL1T and the preset clock reference time value NR81. The processing unit 230 executes the signal generation control GS81 for the trigger application function FB81 within the operation time TD81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T to cause the output unit 240 to generate the control data message CN85. Control signal SC81. For example, the control data message CN85 includes the preset time value target range code EL1T and the preset clock reference time value NR81. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the control signal SC81 conveys the preset time value target range code EL1T to indicate the measurement value target The scope of the role of RN1T.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the function unit 335, and the storage unit 332. Include The timer 342 in the operating unit 397 is used to measure the clock time TH1A, and is configured to comply with the timer specification FT21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to the clock time TH1A. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a time target interval HR1ET. The time target interval HR1ET is represented by a time value target range RQ1T. The time value target range code EL1T is configured to indicate the time target interval HR1ET.

The storage unit 332 has a memory location YS8T, and stores the physical parameter target range code UQ1T in the memory location YS8T. The physical parameter target range code UQ1T represents a physical parameter target range RK1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be within the time target interval HR1ET, and is configured to be stored in the memory based on the time value target range code EL1T Body position YS8T. The memory location YS8T is identified based on a memory address AS8T. The memory address AS8T is preset based on the time value target range code EL1T. The physical parameter target range RK1ET is selected from the plural different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,....

In some embodiments, when the operating unit 397 receives the control signal SC81, the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 transmits the preset target range code EL1T of the time value. The operating unit 397 obtains the transmitted time value target range code EL1T from the control signal SC81, obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained time value target range code EL1T, and obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained memory address AS8T To access the physical parameter target range code UQ1T stored in the memory location YS8T to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

The operation unit 397 executes the signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 based on the obtained measured value target range code EM1T to transmit the function signal SG81 to the functional target 335. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The operating unit 397 obtains the supplied clock reference time value NR81 from the control signal SC81, and causes the timer 342 to start within a starting time TT82 based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81, and thereby causes the The timer 342 generates a clock time signal SY80 within the start time TT82. The clock time signal SY80 is an initial time signal, and transmits an initial count value NY80 in the designated count value format HH95. For example, the initial count value NY80 is configured to be the same as the clock reference time value NR81.

Many modifications and other embodiments of the present disclosure presented here will be understood by those who are familiar with the art to have the benefits of the teachings presented in the above description and related drawings. Therefore, we should understand that the present disclosure is not limited to the specific embodiments disclosed, and the modifications and other embodiments are intended to be included in the scope of the following patent applications.

130‧‧‧Control the target device

212‧‧‧Control device

334‧‧‧sensing unit

397‧‧‧operation unit

901‧‧‧Control System

DS81‧‧‧Range difference

KV81‧‧‧The first mathematical relationship

QU1A‧‧‧Variable physical parameters

RD1EL‧‧‧Physical parameter application range

RD1ET‧‧‧Target range of physical parameters

RN1L‧‧‧Measurement value application range

RN1T‧‧‧Measurement value target range

SC81‧‧‧Control signal

SN81‧‧‧First sensing signal

VN81‧‧‧First measured value

Claims (24)

A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a physical parameter application range represented by a measured value application range Characterized, the control target device includes: a sensing unit, which senses the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal; and an operating unit, coupled to the sensing unit, from a The control device responds to the first sensing signal to obtain a first measurement value under the condition of receiving a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the measurement value, and checks the first measurement value and the measurement value in response to the control signal A first mathematical relationship between application ranges, under the condition that the operating unit checks the first mathematical relationship and determines that the variable physical parameter is currently in the application range of the physical parameter due to the control signal to check the indicated A range relationship between the measurement value target range and the measurement value application range, and the operating unit determines a range difference between the indicated measurement value target range and the measurement value application range due to checking the range relationship Under conditions, a function signal is transmitted to a function target with the variable physical parameter, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the physical parameter application range. The control target device according to claim 1, wherein: the sensing unit is configured to meet a sensor specification related to the measurement value application range, wherein the sensor specification includes a sensor sensitivity A sensor sensitivity representation of, and the sensor sensitivity is related to the generation of a sensing signal performed by the sensing unit; The first measurement value is obtained in a specified measurement value format; the measurement value target range and the measurement value application range are both preset based on the sensor sensitivity representation using the specified measurement value format; the measurement value target The range and the measurement value application range respectively have a target range limit value pair and an application range limit value pair; the control signal conveys the target range limit value pair, the application range limit value pair and a control code, wherein the control code is based on A designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter is preset, and the control signal serves to indicate the target range of the measurement value by transmitting the target range limit value pair; the operating unit receives the control signal from the target range. The application range limit value pair is obtained, and the first mathematical relationship is checked by comparing the first measurement value with the obtained application range limit value pair to determine whether the first measurement value is within the measurement value application range A first logical decision within and determine the application range of the physical parameter under the condition that the first logical decision is affirmative; the operating unit obtains the target range limit value pair from the control signal, and determines the physical parameter in the operating unit Under the conditions of the application range, check the range relationship by comparing the obtained target range limit value pair with the obtained application range limit value pair to make the obtained target range limit value pair and the obtained application A second logical decision whether the range limit value pairs are equal, and under the condition that the second logical decision is negative, the range relationship is identified as a range difference relationship to determine the range difference; the operating unit obtains the range difference from the control signal Control code, and execute a signal generation control based on the obtained control code under the condition that the operating unit determines the range difference to generate a signal for causing the variable physical parameter to enter the The functional signal within the target range of the physical parameter; after the operating unit executes the signal generation control within an operating time, the sensing unit senses the variable physical parameter to generate a second sensing signal; the operating unit Within a specified time after the operating time, respond to the second sensing signal to obtain a second measurement value in the specified measurement value format; within the specified time, the operating unit compares the second measurement value with The obtained target range limit value pair is used to determine the condition that the variable physical parameter is currently in the target range of the physical parameter, the operating unit performs an assurance operation, and the assurance operation is used to cause the determined physical parameter target to be represented A physical parameter target range code of the range is recorded; the variable physical parameter is related to a variable time length, wherein the operating unit is used to measure the variable time length, the variable time length is based on a time length reference range and a It is characterized by a reference time length, the time length reference range is represented by a time length value reference range, and the reference time length is represented by a time length value; the control signal further conveys the time length value; the operating unit is It is configured to obtain the time length value from the control signal, and check a numerical relationship between the obtained time length value and the reference range of the time length value to determine whether a counting operation for controlling a specific time is to be Performing a third logical decision; and under the condition that the third logical decision is affirmative, the operating unit performs the counting operation based on the obtained time length value, and the variable physical parameter is affected by the control signal Configured to be within the target range of the physical parameter The specific time is reached based on the counting operation under the conditions within, and a signal generating operation for causing the variable physical parameter to leave the target range of the physical parameter to enter the application range of the physical parameter is performed within the specific time. The control target device according to claim 1, wherein: the operating unit is configured to perform a physical parameter control function related to the application range of the physical parameter, and includes a processing unit coupled to the sensing unit, and An input unit of the processing unit, and an output unit coupled to the processing unit; the physical parameter control function is configured to comply with a physical parameter control function specification related to the application range of the physical parameter; the sensing unit is configured to comply A sensor specification related to the application range of the measurement value, wherein the sensor specification includes a sensor sensitivity indication for indicating the sensitivity of a sensor, and the sensor sensitivity is related to the sensor unit A sensing signal is generated; under the condition that the input unit receives the control signal from the control device, the processing unit responds to the first sensing signal to obtain the first measurement value in a specified measurement value format, wherein The specified measurement value format is characterized based on a specified number of bits; under the condition that the processing unit determines the range difference due to the control signal, the processing unit causes the output unit to output for causing the variable physical parameter to enter The functional signal of the target range of the physical parameter; the variable physical parameter is further characterized based on a range of a rated physical parameter, where the range of the rated physical parameter is represented by a range of rated measurement values, and includes reference by a plurality of different measurement values The reference ranges of the plural different physical parameters represented by the ranges; The physical parameter target range and the physical parameter application range are both included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges; the physical parameter control function specification includes the sensor specifications and a rated physical parameter range used to represent the rated physical parameter range Representation, and a physical parameter application range representation used to indicate the application range of the physical parameter; the rated measurement value range is based on the rated physical parameter range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and a representation used to convert the rated physical parameter range representation The first data encoding operation is preset by using the specified measurement value format, has a pair of rated range limit values, and includes the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein the rated value The range limit value pair is preset using the specified measurement value format, and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges include the measurement value target range and the measurement value application range; the measurement value target range is included in the plurality of different measurement value references A measurement value target range code in the range code represents, wherein the multiple different measurement value reference range codes are preset based on the physical parameter control function specification; the control signal is performed by transmitting the measurement value target range code Indicate the function of the target range of the measurement value; the measurement value application range is represented by a measurement value application range code included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, and has an application range limit value pair, wherein the application range limit The value pair is preset in the specified measurement value format based on the physical parameter application range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and a second data encoding operation for converting the physical parameter application range representation; The control target device further includes a storage unit coupled to the processing unit; the storage unit stores the preset rated range limit value pair and a variable physical parameter range code; the control signal further transmits the rated range limit value pair ; When the input unit receives the control signal, the variable physical parameter range code is equal to a specific measurement value range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein the specific measurement value range code indicates based on a sensing operation A first specific physical parameter range previously determined, the first specific physical parameter range is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges, and the sensing operation performed by the sensing unit is used to sense the variable Physical parameter; before the input unit receives the control signal, the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code; under the condition that the input unit receives the control signal, the processing unit responds to the control signal Obtain an operation reference data code from one of the control signal and the storage unit, and execute a data determination using the operation reference data code by running a data determination program to determine the reference range selected from the plurality of different measurement values The measurement value application range code of the code is used to select the measurement value application range from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges; the operation reference material code is the same as an allowable reference material code preset based on the physical parameter control function specification ; The data determination procedure is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specifications; the data determination is a first data determination operation and a second data determination One of the operations; under the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained by accessing the variable physical parameter range code stored in the storage unit to be the same as the specific measurement value range code, it is the first The data determination of a data determination operation determines the measurement value application range code based on the obtained specific measurement value range code, wherein the determined measurement value application range code is the same or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code ; Under the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained from one of the control signal and the storage unit to be the same as the preset limit value pair of the rated range, it is the data determination of the second data determination operation The measurement value application range code is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes to determine the measurement value application range by performing a first scientific calculation using the first measurement value and the obtained rated range limit value pair Code, wherein the first scientific calculation is executed based on a specific empirical formula, and the specific empirical formula is pre-defined based on the preset limit value pair of the rated range and the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes; the processing unit The application range limit value pair is obtained based on the determined application range code of the measurement value, and the first mathematical relationship is checked based on a data comparison between the first measurement value and the obtained application range limit value pair. To determine whether the first measurement value is a first logical decision within the selected application range of the measurement value, and determine the physical parameter application range under the condition that the first logical decision is affirmative; the processing unit The control signal obtains the target range code of the measured value, and compares the target range code of the measured value obtained with the determined application of the measured value under the condition that the processing unit determines the application range of the physical parameter Range code to check the range relationship to make a second logical decision whether the obtained target range code of the measured value and the determined application range code of the measured value are equal; and under the condition that the second logical decision is negative , The processing unit recognizes that the range relationship is a range difference relationship to determine the range difference. The control target device according to claim 3, wherein: the application range limit value pair includes a first application range limit value and a second application range limit value relative to the first application range limit value; the control target device It further includes the functional object coupled to the output unit; the functional object has the variable physical parameter, wherein the sensing unit is coupled to the functional object; the processing unit causes the functional object to perform and the variable through the output unit A designated function operation related to a physical parameter, wherein the designated function operation is used to cause a trigger event to occur, and the control device outputs the control signal in response to the trigger event; the physical parameter control function specification further includes a physical parameter indication, the The physical parameter indicates a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter; the storage unit has a first memory location and a second memory location different from the first memory location. A memory location stores the application range limit value pair, and stores a control code in the second memory location, wherein: the first memory location is identified based on the preset measurement value application range code; The second memory location is identified based on the preset measurement value target range code; and the control code is preset based on the physical parameter representation and a third data encoding operation for converting the physical parameter representation; The processing unit executes a data acquisition using the determined application range code of the measurement value by running a data acquisition program to obtain the application range limit value pair, wherein the data acquisition is a first data acquisition operation and a second data acquisition operation. One of the data acquisition operations, and the data acquisition procedure is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification; the first data acquisition operation uses the storage unit to access the stored data based on the determined application range code of the measurement value The application range limit value pair at the first memory location to obtain the application range limit value pair; the second data acquisition operation relies on one of the control signal and the storage unit to obtain the rated range limit value pair, And by performing a second scientific calculation using the determined application range code of the measurement value and the obtained rated range limit value pair to obtain the application range limit value pair; under the condition that the processing unit determines the range difference , The processing unit uses the storage unit to access the control code stored in the second memory location based on the obtained measurement value target range code, and executes the control code based on the accessed control code A signal generation control of the physical parameter control function is used to control the output unit; the output unit responds to the signal generation control to perform a signal generation operation for the physical parameter control function to generate the function signal, and the function signal is used to control the Functional target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the target range of the physical parameter; The control device is an external device; the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges has a total reference range number; the total reference range number is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification; the processing unit responds to the control signal to obtain the total reference range The number of reference ranges; the first scientific calculation further uses the obtained total reference range number; the second scientific calculation further uses the obtained total reference range number; the functional target responds to the functional signal to the variable physical parameter Changing from a first specific physical parameter to a second specific physical parameter, wherein the first specific physical parameter is within the application range of the physical parameter, and the second specific physical parameter is within the target range of the physical parameter; the The physical parameter control function specification further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation for representing the physical parameter target range; the measured value target range is a first part of the rated measurement value range, and has a target range limit value pair, wherein the The target range limit value pair is preset using the specified measurement value format based on the physical parameter candidate range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and a fourth data encoding operation for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation; the measurement The value application range is a second part of the rated measurement value range; the physical parameter target range and the physical parameter application range are separate or adjacent; Under the condition that the physical parameter target range and the physical parameter application range are separate, the measured value target range and the measured value application range are separate; the physical parameter target range and the physical parameter application range are adjacent conditions Next, the measurement value target range and the measurement value application range are adjacent; the storage unit further has a third memory location different from the second memory location, and stores the target in the third memory location Range limit value pair, wherein the third memory position is identified based on the preset measurement value target range code; after the processing unit executes the signal generation control within an operating time, the sensing unit senses The variable physical parameter generates a second sensing signal; the processing unit responds to the second sensing signal within a specified time after the operating time to obtain a second measurement value in the specified measurement value format; the The processing unit uses the storage unit to access the target range limit value pair stored in the third memory location based on the obtained measurement value target range code, and by comparing the second measurement value with the accessed To check a second mathematical relationship between the second measurement value and the measurement value target range to determine whether the second measurement value is a third value within the measurement value target range Logical decision; under the condition that the third logical decision is affirmative, the processing unit determines within the specified time that the variable physical parameter is currently in the target range of the physical parameter, generates a positive operation report, and causes the output unit Output A control response signal of the positive operation report is transmitted, whereby the control response signal is used to cause the control device to obtain the positive operation report, wherein the positive operation report indicates that the variable physical parameter successfully enters a target range of the physical parameter Operating conditions; under the condition that the specific measurement value range code is different from the obtained measurement value target range code and the processing unit determines the physical parameter target range by making the third logical decision, the processing unit is based on A first code difference between the variable physical parameter range code of the specific measurement value range code and the obtained measurement value target range code is used to use the storage unit to assign the obtained measurement value target range code to The variable physical parameter range code; when the input unit receives the control signal, the output unit displays a first status indicator, wherein the first status indicator is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter is configured in the first specific physical A first specific state within the parameter range; when the specific measurement value range code is different from the obtained measurement value target range code and the processing unit determines the physical parameter target range by making the third logical decision Under conditions, the processing unit further causes the output unit to change the first status indication to a second status indication based on the first code difference, wherein the second status indication is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter is configured in the physical A second specific state within the target range of the parameter; the control signal is one of an electrical signal and an optical signal; the input unit includes: a first input component coupled to the processing unit, and the control signal Under the condition of the telecommunication signal, by receiving and sending a control message The electrical signal causes the processing unit to obtain the control message, wherein the control message includes the measured value target range code; a second input component is coupled to the processing unit and receives under the condition that the control signal is the optical signal Transmitting the optical signal of a coded image, where the coded image represents the control message; and a third input component, coupled to the processing unit, where the variable physical parameter is configured in the physical parameter target range due to the control signal Receive a user input operation under the conditions within, and respond to the user input operation to cause the processing unit to determine a specific input code, wherein the specific input code is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes; in the control signal Under the condition of the optical signal, the second input component senses the encoded image to determine an encoded data, and decodes the encoded data to provide the control information to the processing unit; when the specific input code is different from the preset Under the condition of the measurement value target range code, the processing unit passes the output unit based on a second code difference between the variable physical parameter range code equal to the obtained measurement value target range code and the specific input code As a result, the variable physical parameter leaves the physical parameter target range to enter a second specific physical parameter range included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges; the sensing unit senses the variable physical parameter in a restrained condition To provide the first sensing signal to the processing unit, wherein the constraint condition is that the variable physical parameter is equal to a third specific physical parameter included in the rated physical parameter range; the processing unit is based on the first sensing signal To estimate the third specific physical parameter to obtain the first measured value; Before the input unit receives the control signal, the input unit receives a first write request message including the preset application range limit value pair and a first memory address, wherein the first memory location is based on the The first memory address is identified, and the first memory address is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code; the processing unit responds to the first write request message to use the storage unit to The application range limit value pair of the first write request message is stored in the first memory location; before the input unit receives the control signal, the input unit receives the preset control code and a second memory A second write request message for a body address, wherein the second memory location is identified based on the second memory address, and the second memory address is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code And the processing unit responds to the second write request message to use the storage unit to store the control code of the second write request message in the second memory location. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter by generating a functional signal, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a measured value application range represented The application range of a physical parameter is characterized. The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal; Under the condition that the device is received, respond to the first sensing signal to obtain a first measurement value; in response to the control signal, check the first measurement value and the measurement value application A first mathematical relationship between ranges; under the condition that the physical parameter application range in which the variable physical parameter is currently in is determined by checking the first mathematical relationship, the indicated measurement value is checked due to the control signal A range relationship between the target range and the application range of the measured value; since the range relationship is checked, the range relationship is determined to make a reasonable decision whether the functional signal is to be generated; and the condition under which the reasonable decision is affirmative Next, the function signal is transmitted to a function target with the variable physical parameter, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the application range of the physical parameter. The method of claim 5, wherein: the method further comprises a step of: providing a sensing unit, wherein the step of sensing the variable physical parameter is performed by using the sensing unit; the sensing unit is Is configured to comply with a sensor specification related to the application range of the measured value, wherein the sensor specification includes a sensor sensitivity representation for representing the sensitivity of a sensor, and the sensor sensitivity is related to the A sensing signal generated by the sensing unit; the first measurement value is obtained in a specified measurement value format; the measurement value target range and the measurement value application range are both based on the sensor sensitivity representation to use the specified The measurement value format is preset; the measurement value target range and the measurement value application range respectively have a target range limit value pair and an application range limit value pair; the control signal transmits the target range limit value pair and the application range limit Value pair and a control code, where the control code is based on the physical parameter target A designated physical parameter within the range is preset, and the control signal is used to indicate the target range of the measurement value by transmitting the target range limit value pair; the method further includes the following steps: obtaining from the control signal The application range limit value pair; the target range limit value pair is obtained from the control signal; and the control code is obtained from the control signal; the step of checking the range relationship includes the following sub-steps: by comparing the first measured value with all Obtain the application range limit value pair, check the first mathematical relationship to make a first logical decision whether the first measurement value is within the application range of the measurement value; a condition that the first logical decision is affirmative Next, determine the application range of the physical parameter; and under the condition that the application range of the physical parameter is determined, check the range relationship by comparing the obtained target range limit value pair with the obtained application range limit value pair Make a second logical decision whether the obtained target range limit value pair and the obtained application range limit value pair are equal; the step of making the reasonable decision includes a sub-step: the second logical decision is negative Under the condition of, identify the range relationship as a range difference relationship to make the reasonable decision to be affirmative; the step of transmitting the functional signal to the functional target includes a sub-step: under the condition that the reasonable decision is affirmative, Perform a signal generation control to generate the function signal based on the obtained control code; the method further includes the following steps: After the signal generation control is executed within an operating time, sense the variable physical parameter to generate a second sensing signal; within a specified time after the operating time, respond to the second sensing signal To obtain a second measurement value in the specified measurement value format; and compare the second measurement value with the obtained target range within the specified time within the target range of the physical parameter that the variable physical parameter is currently in Under the condition that the threshold value pair is determined, a guarantee operation is performed to cause a physical parameter target range code representing the determined target range of the physical parameter to be recorded; the variable physical parameter is related to a variable Time length, where the variable time length is characterized based on a time length reference range and a reference time length, the time length reference range is represented by a time length value reference range, and the reference time length is a time length value The control signal further conveys the time length value; and the method further includes the following steps: obtain the time length value from the control signal; check a value between the obtained time length value and the time length value reference range Numerical relationship to make a third logical decision for controlling whether a counting operation for a specific time is to be performed; under the condition that the third logical decision is affirmative, the counting is performed based on the obtained time length value Operation; under the condition that the variable physical parameter is configured to be within the target range of the physical parameter due to the control signal, the specific time is reached based on the counting operation; and A signal generating operation for causing the variable physical parameter to leave the target range of the physical parameter to enter the application range of the physical parameter is performed within the specific time. The method according to claim 5, wherein: the method further comprises the following steps: providing a sensing unit, wherein the step of sensing the variable physical parameter is performed by using the sensing unit; A physical parameter control function related to the parameter application range; the physical parameter control function is configured to comply with a physical parameter control function specification related to the physical parameter application range; the sensing unit is configured to comply with the measurement value application range A sensor specification of, wherein the sensor specification includes a sensor sensitivity indication for indicating the sensitivity of a sensor, and the sensor sensitivity is related to a sensor signal performed by the sensor unit Generated; the first measurement value is obtained in a specified measurement value format, wherein the specified measurement value format is characterized based on a specified number of bits; the variable physical parameter is further characterized based on a rated physical parameter range , Where the rated physical parameter range is represented by a rated measurement value range, and includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges; the physical parameter target range and the physical parameter application range are both included in The plurality of different physical parameters are in the reference range; the physical parameter control function specification includes the sensor specification, a rated physical parameter range representation used to indicate the rated physical parameter range, and Representation of a physical parameter application range representing the application range of the physical parameter; the rated measurement value range is based on the rated physical parameter range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and a first data code used to convert the rated physical parameter range representation Operate to use the specified measurement value format to be preset, with a pair of rated range limit values, and include the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein the rated range limit value pair The specified measurement value format is preset, and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges include the measurement value target range and the measurement value application range; the measurement value target range is determined by the reference range code included in the plurality of different measurement values Represented by a target range code of a measurement value, where the multiple reference range codes for different measurement values are preset based on the physical parameter control function specification; the control signal indicates the measurement value by transmitting the target range code of the measurement value The function of the target range; the measurement value application range is represented by a measurement value application range code included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, and has an application range limit value pair, wherein the application range limit value pair is based on the The physical parameter application range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and a second data encoding operation for converting the physical parameter application range representation are preset using the specified measurement value format; the method further includes the following steps: providing a Storage space; and storing the preset limit value pair of the rated range and a variable physical parameter range code in the storage space; The control signal further conveys the rated range limit value pair; when the control signal is received, the variable physical parameter range code is equal to a specific measurement value range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein the specific measurement The value range code indicates a first specific physical parameter range previously determined based on a sensing operation, the first specific physical parameter range is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges, and the sensing performed by the sensing unit The measurement operation is used to sense the variable physical parameter; before the control signal is received, the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code; the method further includes the following steps: Under the condition that the control device is received, in response to the control signal, obtain an operation reference data code from one of the control signal and the storage space; and execute the operation reference data code by running a data determination program A data is determined to determine the measurement value application range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes in order to select the measurement value application range from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges; the operation reference data code is the same as based on the physical parameter An allowable reference data code preset for the control function specifications; the data determination procedure is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specifications; the data determination is one of a first data determination operation and a second data determination operation 1. The operation reference data code is obtained by accessing the variable physical parameter range code stored in the storage space to be the same as the specific measurement value Under the condition of the range code, the data determination of the first data determination operation determines the measurement value application range code based on the obtained specific measurement value range code, wherein the determined measurement value application range code is the same or different The specific measurement value range code obtained; under the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained from one of the control signal and the storage space to be the same as the preset limit value pair of the rated range, it is the The data determination of the second data determination operation is to select the measurement value application from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes by performing a first scientific calculation using the first measurement value and the obtained rated range limit value pair The range code determines the measurement value application range code, wherein the first scientific calculation is performed based on a specific empirical formula, and the specific empirical formula is based on the preset limit value pair of the rated range and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges The method further includes the following steps: obtaining the application range limit value pair based on the determined application range code of the measurement value; and obtaining the measurement value target range code from the control signal; checking the range relationship The step includes the following sub-steps: based on a data comparison between the first measurement value and the obtained application range limit value pair, the first mathematical relationship is checked to determine whether the first measurement value is the selected one A first logical decision within the application range of the measured value; determining the application range of the physical parameter under the condition that the first logical decision is affirmative; and the step of making the reasonable decision includes the following sub-steps: Under the condition that the physical parameter application range is determined, by comparing the obtained measurement value target range code with the determined measurement value application range code to check the range relationship to make the obtained measurement value target range A second logical decision whether the code and the determined application range code of the measurement value are equal; and under the condition that the second logical decision is negative, identify the range relationship as a range difference relationship to make the reasonable decision Be sure. The method according to claim 7, wherein: the application range limit value pair includes a first application range limit value and a second application range limit value relative to the first application range limit value; the storage space further has a A first memory location and a second memory location different from the first memory location, wherein the first memory location is identified based on the preset measurement value application range code, and the second memory The position is identified based on the preset target range code of the measured value; the physical parameter control function specification further includes a physical parameter representation, and the physical parameter represents a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter; The method further includes the following steps: storing the application range limit value pair in the first memory location; storing a control code in the second memory location, wherein the control code is based on the physical parameter representation and is used to convert the physical parameter Represents a third data encoding operation and is preset; executes a designated function operation related to the variable physical parameter, wherein the designated function operation is used to cause a trigger event to occur; and The control signal is generated by using the control device in response to the trigger event; the step of obtaining the application range limit value pair includes a sub-step: by running a data acquisition program, executing the application range code using the determined measurement value A data acquisition to obtain the application range limit value pair, wherein the data acquisition is one of a first data acquisition operation and a second data acquisition operation, and the data acquisition procedure is controlled based on the physical parameter control function specification Construction; the first data acquisition operation accesses the application range limit value pair stored in the first memory location based on the determined application range code of the measurement value to obtain the application range limit value pair; the second data The obtaining operation relies on one of the control signal and the storage space to obtain the rated range limit value pair, and by executing a first of the determined application range code of the measured value and the obtained rated range limit value pair 2. Scientific calculation to obtain the application range limit value pair; the step of transmitting the function signal to the function target includes the following sub-steps: under the condition that the reasonable decision is affirmative, access based on the obtained measurement value target range code The control code stored in the second memory location; based on the accessed control code, perform a signal generation control for the physical parameter control function; and in response to the signal generation control, perform a signal generation control for the physical parameter A signal generating operation of the control function generates the function signal, and the function signal is used to control the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter Target range; the control device is an external device; the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges has a total reference range number; the total reference range number is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification; the method further includes a step: The signal should be controlled to obtain the total reference range number; the first scientific calculation further uses the obtained total reference range number; the second scientific calculation further uses the obtained total reference range number; the method further includes a step: In response to the function signal, the variable physical parameter is changed from a first specific physical parameter to a second specific physical parameter, wherein the first specific physical parameter is within the application range of the physical parameter, and the second specific physical parameter Is within the physical parameter target range; the physical parameter control function specification further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation for representing the physical parameter target range; the measured value target range is a first part of the rated measurement value range, And has a target range limit value pair, wherein the target range limit value pair is based on the physical parameter candidate range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and a fourth data encoding operation for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation to use the The specified measurement value format is preset; the measurement value application range is a second part of the rated measurement value range; The physical parameter target range and the physical parameter application range are separate or adjacent; under the condition that the physical parameter target range and the physical parameter application range are separate, the measured value target range and the measured value application range are separate Under the condition that the physical parameter target range and the physical parameter application range are adjacent, the measured value target range and the measured value application range are adjacent; the method further includes the following steps: providing a second A third memory location of the memory location, wherein the third memory location is in the storage space and is identified based on the preset measurement value target range code; the target is stored in the third memory location Range limit value pair; after the signal generation control is executed within an operating time, the variable physical parameter is sensed to generate a second sensing signal; within a specified time after the operating time, respond to the A second sensing signal to obtain a second measurement value in the specified measurement value format; access the target range limit value pair stored in the third memory location based on the obtained measurement value target range code; By comparing the second measurement value with the accessed target range limit value pair, a second mathematical relationship between the second measurement value and the target range of the measurement value is checked to determine whether the second measurement value is in A third logical decision within the target range of the measured value; under the condition that the third logical decision is affirmative, determine the target range of the physical parameter that the variable physical parameter is currently in within the specified time And generate an affirmative operation report, wherein the affirmative operation report indicates an operation condition in which the variable physical parameter has successfully entered the target range of the physical parameter; a control response signal for conveying the affirmative operation report is generated, thereby the control response The signal is used to cause the control device to obtain the positive operation report; when the specific measurement value range code is different from the obtained measurement value target range code and the physical parameter target range is determined by making the third logical decision Under conditions, based on a first code difference between the variable physical parameter range code equal to the specific measurement value range code and the obtained measurement value target range code, the obtained measurement value target range code is assigned to The variable physical parameter range code; when the control signal is received, a first status indicator is displayed, wherein the first status indicator is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter is configured within the range of the first specific physical parameter A first specific state; and under the condition that the specific measurement value range code is different from the obtained measurement value target range code and the physical parameter target range is determined by making the third logical decision, based on the first A code difference is used to change the first state indicator to a second state indicator, wherein the second state indicator is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter is configured in a second specific state within the target range of the physical parameter; the control The signal is one of an electrical signal and an optical signal; the method further includes the following steps: under the condition that the control signal is the electrical signal, the control message is obtained from the electrical signal that transmits a control message, wherein the control Message contains The measured value target range code; under the condition that the control signal is the optical signal, by sensing an encoded image conveyed by the optical signal to determine an encoded data, and decode the encoded data to obtain the control message, The coded image represents the control message; under the condition that the variable physical parameter is configured within the target range of the physical parameter due to the control signal, a user input operation is received; in response to the user input operation, a determination is made A specific input code, wherein the specific input code is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes; and under the condition that the specific input code is different from the preset measurement value target range code, based on the measurement value being equal to the obtained measurement value A second code difference between the variable physical parameter range code of the target range code and the specific input code causes the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target range to enter the reference range included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges A second specific physical parameter range; the step of sensing the variable physical parameter includes a sub-step: sensing the variable physical parameter in a restraining condition to generate the first sensing signal, wherein the restraining condition is the The variable physical parameter is equal to a third specific physical parameter included in the rated physical parameter range; the step of obtaining the first measured value in response to the first sensing signal includes a sub-step: based on the first sensing signal, estimating The third specific physical parameter to obtain the first measured value; and the method further includes the following steps: before the control signal is received, receiving the preset A first write request message of a pair of application range limit values and a first memory address, wherein the first memory location is identified based on the first memory address, and the first memory address is based on a preset The measurement value is preset by the application range code; in response to the first write request message, the application range limit value pair of the first write request message is stored in the first memory location; when the control signal is Before receiving, receive a second write request message including the preset control code and a second memory address, wherein the second memory location is identified based on the second memory address, and the second The memory address is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code; and in response to the second write request message, the control code of the second write request message is stored in the second memory location. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is determined based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a physical parameter application range represented by a measured value application range Characterized, the method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal; under the condition that a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the measurement value is received from a control device , In response to the first sensing signal to obtain a first measurement value; in response to the control signal, check a first mathematical relationship between the first measurement value and the measurement value application range; when the variable physical parameter is currently in Under the condition that the application range of the physical parameter is determined by checking the first mathematical relationship, due to the control signal To check a range relationship between the indicated measurement value target range and the measurement value application range; and a range difference between the indicated measurement value target range and the measurement value application range due to checking the range Under the condition that the relationship is determined, a function signal is transmitted to a function target with the variable physical parameter, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target from the application range of the physical parameter Scope. The method according to claim 9, wherein: the method further comprises a step: providing a sensing unit, wherein the step of sensing the variable physical parameter is performed by using the sensing unit; the sensing unit is Is configured to comply with a sensor specification related to the application range of the measured value, wherein the sensor specification includes a sensor sensitivity representation for representing the sensitivity of a sensor, and the sensor sensitivity is related to the A sensing signal generated by the sensing unit; the first measurement value is obtained in a specified measurement value format; the measurement value target range and the measurement value application range are both based on the sensor sensitivity representation to use the specified The measurement value format is preset; the measurement value target range and the measurement value application range respectively have a target range limit value pair and an application range limit value pair; the control signal transmits the target range limit value pair and the application range limit Value pair and a control code, wherein the control code is preset based on a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter, and the control signal indicates the measured value by conveying the target range limit value pair The role of the target range; the method further includes the following steps: Obtain the application range limit value pair from the control signal; obtain the target range limit value pair from the control signal; and obtain the control code from the control signal; the step of checking the range relationship includes the following sub-steps: by comparing the first A measurement value and the obtained application range limit value pair, check the first mathematical relationship to make a first logical decision whether the first measurement value is within the application range of the measurement value; in the first logic Under the condition that the decision is affirmative, determine the application range of the physical parameter; and under the condition that the application range of the physical parameter is determined, by comparing the obtained target range limit value pair with the obtained application range limit value pair The range relationship is checked to make a second logical decision whether the obtained target range limit value pair and the obtained application range limit value pair are equal; the step of transmitting the function signal to the function target includes the following sub-steps: Under the condition that the second logical decision is negative, identify the range relationship as a range difference relationship to determine the range difference; and under the condition that the range difference is determined, execute a signal based on the obtained control code Generating control to generate the functional signal for causing the variable physical parameter to enter the target range of the physical parameter; the method further includes the following steps: after the signal generating control is executed within an operating time, sensing the variable Physical parameters to generate a second sensing signal; within a specified time after the operating time, respond to the first Two sensing signals to obtain a second measurement value in the specified measurement value format; and within the specified time by comparing the second measurement value and the obtained value within the target range of the physical parameter that the variable physical parameter is currently in Under the condition that the target range limit value pair is determined, a guarantee operation is performed, and the guarantee operation is used to cause a physical parameter target range code representing the determined target range of the physical parameter to be recorded; the variable physical parameter is related In a variable time length, where the variable time length is characterized based on a time length reference range and a reference time length, the time length reference range is represented by a time length value reference range, and the reference time length is Represented by a time length value; the control signal further conveys the time length value; and the method further includes the following steps: obtain the time length value from the control signal; check the obtained time length value and the time length value reference range To make a third logical decision for controlling whether a counting operation for a specific time is to be performed; under the condition that the third logical decision is affirmative, based on the obtained time length value To perform the counting operation; to reach the specific time based on the counting operation under the condition that the variable physical parameter is configured to be within the target range of the physical parameter due to the control signal; and execute within the specific time A signal generating operation for causing the variable physical parameter to leave the target range of the physical parameter to enter the application range of the physical parameter. The method according to claim 9, wherein: the method further comprises the following steps: providing a sensing unit, wherein the step of sensing the variable physical parameter is performed by using the sensing unit; and performing the same with the physical A physical parameter control function related to the parameter application range; the physical parameter control function is configured to comply with a physical parameter control function specification related to the physical parameter application range; the sensing unit is configured to comply with the measurement value application range A sensor specification of, wherein the sensor specification includes a sensor sensitivity indication for indicating the sensitivity of a sensor, and the sensor sensitivity is related to a sensor signal performed by the sensor unit Generated; the first measurement value is obtained in a specified measurement value format, wherein the specified measurement value format is characterized based on a specified number of bits; the variable physical parameter is further characterized based on a rated physical parameter range , Where the rated physical parameter range is represented by a rated measurement value range, and includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges; the physical parameter target range and the physical parameter application range are both included in The plurality of different physical parameters are in the reference range; the physical parameter control function specification includes the sensor specifications, a nominal physical parameter range representation for representing the rated physical parameter range, and a physical parameter range representing the application range of the physical parameter Parameter application range representation; the rated measurement value range is based on the rated physical parameter range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and the value used to convert the rated physical parameter range representation A first data encoding operation is preset using the specified measurement value format, has a pair of rated range limit values, and includes the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein the The rated range limit value pair is preset using the specified measurement value format, and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges include the measurement value target range and the measurement value application range; the measurement value target range is included in the plurality of different measurement values A measurement value target range code in the reference range code is represented, wherein the multiple different measurement value reference range codes are preset based on the physical parameter control function specification; the control signal is started by sending the measurement value target range code To indicate the target range of the measurement value; the measurement value application range is represented by a measurement value application range code included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, and has an application range limit value pair, wherein the application range The threshold value pair is preset based on the physical parameter application range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and a second data encoding operation for converting the physical parameter application range representation to use the specified measurement value format; the method further includes The following steps: provide a storage space; and store the preset rated range limit value pair and a variable physical parameter range code in the storage space; the control signal further transmits the rated range limit value pair; when the control signal When received, the variable physical parameter range code is equal to a specific measurement value range selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes Code, wherein the specific measurement value range code indicates a specific physical parameter range previously determined based on a sensing operation, and the specific physical parameter range is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges and executed by the sensing unit The sensing operation is used to sense the variable physical parameter; before the control signal is received, the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code; the method further includes the following steps: Under the condition of being received from the control device, in response to the control signal, obtain an operation reference data code from one of the control signal and the storage space; and execute the operation reference data by running a data determination program A data of the code is determined to determine the measurement value application range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes in order to select the measurement value application range from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges; the operation reference data code is the same as based on the An allowable reference data code preset for the physical parameter control function specification; the data determination procedure is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification; the data determination is a first data determination operation and a second data determination operation One of them; under the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained by accessing the variable physical parameter range code stored in the storage space to be the same as the specific measurement value range code, it is the first data The data of the determination operation determines that the measurement value application range code is determined based on the obtained specific measurement value range code, wherein the determined measurement value application range code is the same or different from the obtained measurement value application range code. The specific measurement value range code obtained; under the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained from one of the control signal and the storage space under the same condition as the preset limit value pair of the rated range, it is the first The data determination of the second data determination operation selects the measurement value application range from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes by performing a first scientific calculation using the first measurement value and the obtained rated range limit value pair Code to determine the measurement value application range code, wherein the first scientific calculation is performed based on a specific empirical formula, and the specific empirical formula is based on the preset rating range limit value pair and the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes The method further includes the following steps: obtaining the application range limit value pair based on the determined application range code of the measurement value; and obtaining the measurement value target range code from the control signal; and the step of checking the range relationship The method further includes the following sub-steps: based on a data comparison between the first measurement value and the obtained pair of application range limit values, checking the first mathematical relationship to determine whether the first measurement value is the selected one A first logical decision within the application range of the measured value; under the condition that the first logical decision is affirmative, the application range of the physical parameter is determined; and under the condition that the application range of the physical parameter is determined, it is obtained by comparison The measured value target range code and the determined application range code of the measured value are used to check the range relationship to determine whether the obtained target range code of the measured value and the determined application range code of the measured value are equal to a second logic And the step of transmitting the functional signal to the functional target includes a sub-step: under the condition that the second logical decision is negative, identifying the range relationship as a range difference relationship to determine the range difference. The method according to claim 11, wherein: the application range limit value pair includes a first application range limit value and a second application range limit value relative to the first application range limit value; the storage space further has a A first memory location and a second memory location different from the first memory location, wherein the first memory location is identified based on the preset measurement value application range code, and the second memory The position is identified based on the preset target range code of the measured value; the physical parameter control function specification further includes a physical parameter representation, and the physical parameter represents a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter; The method further includes the following steps: storing the application range limit value pair in the first memory location; storing a control code in the second memory location, wherein the control code is based on the physical parameter representation and is used to convert the physical parameter Represents a third data encoding operation and is preset; executes a designated function operation related to the variable physical parameter, wherein the designated function operation is used to cause a trigger event to occur; and responds to the control device by using the control device Trigger an event to generate the control signal; the step of obtaining the application range limit value pair includes a sub-step: Run a data acquisition program to execute a data acquisition using the determined application range code of the measurement value to obtain the application range limit value pair, wherein the data acquisition is one of a first data acquisition operation and a second data acquisition operation One, and the data acquisition program is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification; the first data acquisition operation is based on the determined measurement value application range code to access the application stored in the first memory location Range limit value pair to obtain the application range limit value pair; the second data acquisition operation relies on one of the control signal and the storage space to obtain the rated range limit value pair, and performs the measurement determined by using A second scientific calculation of the applied range code and the obtained rated range limit value pair is obtained to obtain the applied range limit value pair; the step of transmitting the function signal to the function target further includes the following sub-steps: Under certain conditions, access the control code stored in the second memory location based on the obtained measurement value target range code; execute the control code for the physical parameter control function based on the accessed control code A signal generation control; and in response to the signal generation control, perform a signal generation operation for the physical parameter control function to generate the function signal, and the function signal is used to control the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical Parameter target range; the physical parameter control function specification further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation for representing the physical parameter target range; The measured value target range has a target range limit value pair, wherein the target range limit value pair is based on the physical parameter candidate range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and a fourth data code for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation Operation to use the specified measurement value format to be preset; the control device is an external device; and the method further includes the following steps: providing a third memory location different from the second memory location, wherein the third The memory is located in the storage space and is identified based on the preset measurement value target range code; the target range limit value pair is stored in the third memory location; when the signal is generated and controlled at an operating time After the internal is executed, the variable physical parameter is sensed to generate a second sensing signal; within a specified time after the operating time, in response to the second sensing signal to obtain a first in the specified measurement value format Two measured values; based on the obtained measured value target range code, access the target range limit value pair stored in the third memory location; by comparing the second measured value with the accessed target range Threshold value pair, checking a second mathematical relationship between the second measurement value and the target range of the measurement value to make a third logical decision whether the second measurement value is within the target range of the measurement value; Under the condition that the third logical decision is affirmative, determine the target range of the physical parameter that the variable physical parameter is currently in within the specified time, and generate a positive operation report, wherein the positive operation report indicates the variable physical parameter An operation condition that successfully enters the target range of the physical parameter; Generate a control response signal for conveying the affirmative operation report, whereby the control response signal is used to cause the control device to obtain the affirmative operation report; when the specific measurement value range code is different from the obtained measurement value target range code and the Under the condition that the physical parameter target range is determined by making the third logical decision, based on the one between the variable physical parameter range code equal to the specific measurement value range code and the obtained measurement value target range code Code difference to assign the obtained measurement value target range code to the variable physical parameter range code; when the control signal is received, a first status indicator is displayed, wherein the first status indicator is used to indicate the variable The physical parameter is configured in a first specific state within the specific physical parameter range; the specific measurement value range code is different from the obtained measurement value target range code and the physical parameter target range is made by making the third Under the condition of being determined by logical decision, the first status indicator is changed to a second status indicator based on the first code difference, wherein the second status indicator is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter is configured in the physical parameter target A second specific state within the range; before the control signal is received, a first write request message including the preset limit value pair of the application range and a first memory address is received, wherein the first The memory location is identified based on the first memory address, and the first memory address is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code; in response to the first write request message, the first The application range limit value pair of the write request message is stored in the first memory location; Before the control signal is received, receive a second write request message including the preset control code and a second memory address, wherein the second memory location is identified based on the second memory address , And the second memory address is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code; and in response to the second write request message, the control code of the second write request message is stored in the first 2. Memory location. A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter application range represented by a measurement value application range and a physical parameter target range different from the physical parameter application range A control code that is characterized and related to the target range of the physical parameter is preset based on a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter. The control target device includes: a sensing unit that senses the available Changing the physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; and an operating unit coupled to the sensing unit, and responding to the sensing under the condition that the operating unit receives a control signal for transmitting the control code from a control device through a wireless link Signal to obtain a measurement value, obtain the transmitted control code from the control signal, check a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value in response to the control signal, and check the mathematical relationship in the operating unit It is determined that the variable physical parameter is currently in the application range of the physical parameter based on the obtained control code to transmit a function signal to a functional target with the variable physical parameter, and the function signal is used to enable the function The target causes the variable physical parameter to enter the target range of the physical parameter from the application range of the physical parameter. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter application range represented by a measurement value application range and a physical parameter target range different from the physical parameter application range And a control code related to the target range of the physical parameter is preset based on a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter. The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a sense Test signal; under the condition that a control signal conveying the control code is received from a control device through a wireless link, respond to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value; obtain the transmitted control code from the control signal; In response to the control signal, check a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value; and under the condition that the physical parameter application range that the variable physical parameter is currently in is determined by checking the mathematical relationship, based on The obtained control code transmits a function signal to a function target having the variable physical parameter, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the physical parameter application range. A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter application range represented by a measurement value application range and a physical parameter target range different from the physical parameter application range A control code that is characterized and related to the target range of the physical parameter is preset based on a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter. The control target device includes: a sensing unit that senses the available Change physical parameters to generate a sensing signal And an operating unit, coupled to the sensing unit, and responding to the sensing signal to obtain a measured value under the condition that the operating unit receives a control signal for transmitting the control code from a control device, and is thus an optical signal The control signal obtains the transmitted control code, and responds to the control signal to check a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value, and the operating unit determines the variable physical relationship by checking the mathematical relationship Under the condition of the physical parameter application range that the parameter is currently in, a function signal is transmitted to a function target with the variable physical parameter based on the obtained control code, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter Enter the target range of the physical parameter from the application range of the physical parameter. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter application range represented by a measurement value application range and a physical parameter target range different from the physical parameter application range And a control code related to the target range of the physical parameter is preset based on a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter. The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a sense Test signal; under the condition that a control signal conveying the control code is received from a control device, respond to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value; obtain the conveyed control code from the control signal that is an optical signal ; In response to the control signal, check a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value; and under the condition that the physical parameter application range that the variable physical parameter is currently in is determined by checking the mathematical relationship, Based on the obtained control The coding is used to transmit a function signal to a function target with the variable physical parameter, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the application range of the physical parameter. A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter application range represented by a measurement value application range and a physical parameter target range different from the physical parameter application range Is characterized, and the physical parameter target range is indicated by a target range code. The control target device includes: a storage unit for storing a control preset based on a designated physical parameter within the physical parameter target range Code; a sensing unit that senses the variable physical parameters to generate a sensing signal; and an operating unit, coupled to the storage unit and the sensing unit, where the operating unit receives from a control device through a wireless link Respond to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value under the condition of transmitting a control signal of the target range code, obtain the transmitted target range code from the control signal, and check the measurement value and the measurement value application in response to the control signal A mathematical relationship between ranges, under the condition that the operating unit checks the mathematical relationship and determines that the variable physical parameter is currently in the physical parameter application range based on the obtained target range code to access the stored Control code, and based on the accessed control code to transmit a functional signal to a functional target with the variable physical parameter, the functional signal is used to cause the functional target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter application range The target range of the physical parameter. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter application represented by a measurement value application range The range and a physical parameter target range different from the application range of the physical parameter are characterized, and the physical parameter target range is indicated by a target range code. The method includes the following steps: storing based on the physical parameter target range A control code that is preset for a designated physical parameter; senses the variable physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; a control signal that transmits the target range code is received from a control device via a wireless link Under conditions, respond to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value; obtain the delivered target range code from the control signal; respond to the control signal to check a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value; Under the condition that the physical parameter application range that the variable physical parameter is currently in is determined by checking the mathematical relationship, access the stored control code based on the obtained target range code; and access the stored control code based on the accessed The control code transmits a function signal to a function target with the variable physical parameter, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the physical parameter application range. A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter application range represented by a measurement value application range and a physical parameter target range different from the physical parameter application range Is characterized, and the physical parameter target range is indicated by a target range code. The control target device includes: a storage unit for storing data based on the physical parameter target range A control code that is preset for a designated physical parameter; a sensing unit that senses the variable physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; and an operating unit coupled to the storage unit and the sensing unit, in the The operating unit responds to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value under the condition of receiving a control signal conveying the target range code from a control device, obtains the conveyed target range code from the control signal which is an optical signal, and responds to the The control signal is used to check a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value, and based on the obtained condition that the operating unit determines that the variable physical parameter is currently in the application range of the physical parameter by checking the mathematical relationship The target range code is used to access the stored control code, and based on the accessed control code, a function signal is transmitted to a function target with the variable physical parameter, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause The variable physical parameter enters the target range of the physical parameter from the application range of the physical parameter. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter application range represented by a measurement value application range and a physical parameter target range different from the physical parameter application range The target range of the physical parameter is indicated by a target range code. The method includes the following steps: storing a control code preset based on a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter; Change the physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; under the condition that a control signal conveying the target range code is received from a control device, respond to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value; the control is thus an optical signal The target range delivered by the signal Code; in response to the control signal, check a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range; under the condition that the physical parameter application range that the variable physical parameter is currently in is determined by checking the mathematical relationship, The stored control code is accessed based on the obtained target range code; and based on the accessed control code, a function signal is transmitted to a function target with the variable physical parameter, and the function signal is used to make The function target causes the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the physical parameter application range. A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter application range represented by a measurement value application range and a physical parameter target range different from the physical parameter application range Characterized, the control target device includes: a sensing unit that senses the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal; and an operating unit coupled to the sensing unit, where the operating unit controls The device responds to the first sensing signal to obtain a measurement value under the condition of receiving a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the physical parameter, and responds to the control signal to check the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value. A mathematical relationship, and under the condition that the operating unit determines that the variable physical parameter is currently in the application range of the physical parameter by checking the mathematical relationship, the control signal transmits a control signal to a functional target with the variable physical parameter. Function signal, where: the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to change from The physical parameter application range enters the physical parameter target range; after the operating unit generates the function signal, the sensing unit senses the variable physical parameter to generate a second sensing signal; and the operating unit is based on the second The sensing signal and a measured value target range representing the indicated target range of the physical parameter are used to identify a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the target range of the physical parameter to transmit a positive operation report to the control device A control response signal of, and the affirmative operation report indicates an operation situation in which the variable physical parameter successfully enters the target range of the physical parameter due to the control signal. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter application range represented by a measurement value application range and a physical parameter target range different from the physical parameter application range The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal; under the condition that a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the physical parameter is received from a control device, In response to the first sensing signal, a measurement value is obtained; in response to the control signal, a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range is checked; the physical parameter application range in which the variable physical parameter is currently located is due to Under the condition determined by checking the mathematical relationship, a function signal is transmitted to a function target with the variable physical parameter due to the control signal, wherein the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to change from the The physical parameter application range enters the physical parameter target range; after the function signal is generated, the variable physical parameter is sensed to produce Generating a second sensing signal; and based on the second sensing signal and a measured value target range representing the indicated physical parameter target range, identifying a physical parameter between the variable physical parameter and the physical parameter target range The parameter relationship is to transmit a control response signal of a positive operation report to the control device, and the positive operation report indicates an operation situation in which the variable physical parameter successfully enters the target range of the physical parameter due to the control signal. A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter application range represented by a measurement value application range and a physical parameter target range different from the physical parameter application range Characterized, the control target device includes: a sensing unit that senses the variable physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; and an operating unit, coupled to the sensing unit, includes an input unit, in the operating unit Responding to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value under the condition of receiving a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the physical parameter from a control device, and responding to the control signal to check whether the measurement value is between the measurement value and the measurement value application range The control signal transmits to a functional target with the variable physical parameter under the condition that the operating unit checks the mathematical relationship and determines that the variable physical parameter is currently in the application range of the physical parameter. A first function signal, wherein: the first function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the physical parameter application range; the variable physical parameter is based on the first function signal And configured to be in the target range of the physical parameter, the input unit receives a use Operator input operation; and under the condition that the operating unit determines a code indicating a specific physical parameter range in response to the user input operation, the operating unit transmits a second function to the functional target based on the determined code Signal, wherein the second function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target range to enter the specific physical parameter range different from the physical parameter target range. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter application range represented by a measurement value application range and a physical parameter target range different from the physical parameter application range The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; responding to the condition that a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the physical parameter is received from a control device Sensing the signal to obtain a measurement value; in response to the control signal, check a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value; check the mathematical relationship between the physical parameter application range where the variable physical parameter is currently Under certain conditions, a first functional signal is transmitted to a functional target with the variable physical parameter due to the control signal, wherein the first functional signal is used to cause the functional target to cause the variable physical parameter to change from the The physical parameter application range enters the physical parameter target range; receiving a user input operation under the condition that the variable physical parameter is configured based on the first function signal to be in the physical parameter target range; and Under the condition that a code indicating a specific physical parameter range is determined in response to the user input operation, a second function signal is transmitted to the function target based on the determined code, wherein the second function signal is used for Making the function target causes the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target range to enter the specific physical parameter range different from the physical parameter target range.

Images